١٤
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
John eatsapples. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ
.
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
s
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
eat
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
:
ﺟﻮﻥ
John
.
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ
.
ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻫﻢ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
:
ﻫﻢ
They
،
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
:
ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ
play
،
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
:
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ
football
.
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
They play football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
s
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
play
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﻫﻢ
They
.
ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ
football
ﻷﻧﻨﺎ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼـﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
٣
(
ﺍﻟﻘﻄ
ﻂ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
ﻂ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ
.
ـﻞ
ـﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋ
:
ـ
ـﺍﻟﻘﻄ
ﻂ
The cats
،
ـﻞ
ـﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌ
:
ـﺐ
ـﺗﻠﻌ
play
،
ـﻪ
ـﺑ ـﻮﻝ
ـﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌ
:
ـﺎﺭﻉ
ـﺍﻟﺸ ﰲ
in street
.
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
The cats play in a street. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ
ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻱ
ﻥ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ
.
The cats play in the street. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ
ﺷﺎﺭﻉ
ﻣﻌﲔ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
s
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
play
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
.
٤
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ
.
ﻣﺴ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺘ
ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﺘﺮ
ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
:
ﻫﻮ
He
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
:
ﻳ
ﺸﺮﺏ
drink
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
:
ﻣﺎﺀ
water
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
He drinks water. ﻣﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﻭ
ﺿﻌ
ﻨﺎ
s
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
drink
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﻫ
ﻮ
He
.
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
water
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ
a
.
-
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
:
Verb.1 + Object
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
15.
١٥
-
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
:
Havelunch. ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
،
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﱄ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
،
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻻ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
،
ﺗﻨﺎﻭ
ﻟﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
،
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻦ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
Drink water. ﺷﺍ
ﺮﺏ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
.
،
ﺍﺷﺮﰊ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
.
،
ﺍﺷﺮﺑﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
.
،
ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
.
،
ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻦ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ
.
،
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ
.
،
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺍ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ
.
،
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻭﺍ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ
.
،
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻥ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ
.
Be sure of that.
Be careful. ﻦﻛ
ﹰﺍﺣﺬﺭ
.
،
ﻛﻮﱐ
ﺣﺬﺭﺓ
.
،
ﻛﻮﻧﺎ
ﻦﻳﺣﺬﺭ
.
،
ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﺣﺬﺭﻳﻦ
.
،
ﻦﻛ
ﺣﺬﺭﺍﺕ
.
Give it to me. ﺃﻋﻄﲏ
ﺇﻳﺎﻩ
.
Give me the pen ﺃﻋﻄﲏ
ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ
.
You go ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺍﺫﻫﺐ
.
ﺖﺃﻧ ،
ﺍﺫﻫﱯ
.
ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ،
ﺍ
ﺫﻫﺒﺎ
.
ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ،
ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ
.
ﺃﻧﱳ ،
ﺍﺫﻫﱭ
.
Do whatever you want. ﺍﻓﻌﻞ
ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪ
.
،
ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻲ
ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ
.
،
ﺍ
ﻓﻌﻼ
ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻥ
.
،
ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ
Do
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ
:
Do have lunch.
Do drink water.
Do be careful.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﻭﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
Do not (Don't)
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
-
ﺍﳉﻤﻠ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ
ﺔ
:
ﻛــﺎﺭﻟــﻮﺱ
ﺑ
ـ
ﻄ
ـ
ﻞ
.
ﺍﳉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
ﻛﻴـﻒ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﲨﻬﺎ
؟
ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
:
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
Carlos
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
:
ﺑﻄﻞ
a hero
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ
ﻧﻀﻴﻒ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﻮ
:
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
is
He , She , It ,
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
are
You , We , They ,
am
I
ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
is , are , am
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻭﻣﺎﺿﻴﻬﺎ
was , were
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻛﺎﻥ
.
16.
Carlos
ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﳓـﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻭﺇﳕﺎﺿﻤﲑ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻷﻥ
Carlos is
ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﳓـﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
(You are
The cats
The (c
(He is/
(She is
(We are
(They
(It is/It'
(I am/I'
ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻟﻴﺲ
smart , busy , lazy , beautiful
ﻷﻥ
You are
is a hero.
ﹰﻼﺑﻄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
،
ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﳓـﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
are/You'
The cats are beautiful
cat is/cat'
/He's) smart
is/She's)
are/We're
They are/They'
It's) lazy.
I'm) busy
ﻗﻄﻂ
cats
ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻟﻴﺲ
smart , busy , lazy , beautiful
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
.
He is
You are
You're , They are
.
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﹰﻼﺑﻄ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺑﻄﻞ
.
You're) careless
beautiful
at's) beautiful
smart.
) smart.
re) smart.
They're) smart
lazy.
busy.
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﻗﻄﻂ
smart , busy , lazy , beautiful
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
He is
He's , She is
John is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
You're , They are
Carlos
:
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
careless.
beautiful.
beautiful.
smart.
smart
cats're
ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
smart , busy , lazy , beautiful
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
He's , She is
John is
John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
You're , They are
I am
١٦
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
Carlos
ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ
:
cats are
ﺇﱃ
ats're
smart , busy , lazy , beautiful , careless
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
He's , She is
She's , It is
John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
You're , They are
They're , We are
I am
I'm
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
:
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻛﺴﻮﻟﺔ
.
ﺘﺼﺮ
ats are
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
careless
ﻭﻟﻴﺴ ﺎﺕ
ﺖ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
She's , It is
John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
I'm
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ
ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﻛﺴﻮﻝ
/
ﻛﺴﻮﻟﺔ
ﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﳔ
ﺘﺼﺮ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ
ﺻﻔ
ﻭﻟﻴﺴ ﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She's , It is
Ali's
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
is
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
ﻣﻬﻤﻞ
.
ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ
.
ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ
.
.
.
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﳓﻦ
.
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻛﺴﻮﻝ
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ
.
ﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ
a
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
It's
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
We're
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﻭ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻧ
ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻣﻬﻤﻞ
ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ
ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ
ﺫﻛﻲ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺫﻛﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﳓﻦ
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ
ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ
ﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ
-
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
-
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
We're
-
-
-
17.
John and
He and
11:15
22:15quarter past twenty two
15:45
21:45 quarter to twenty
10:32
20:45
and Carlos
she are smart.
9:30 half past nine
12:30 half past twelve
11:15
quarter past twenty two
15:45 quarter to
quarter to twenty
10:32 ten
14:05 fourteen
10:15 ten
9:30 nine
20:45 twenty
Carlos.
she are smart.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
British Language
:
half past nine
half past twelve
X
quarter past eleven
quarter past twenty two
X
quarter to
quarter to twenty
ten
fourteen
American Language
:
ten
nine
twenty
ﲨﻊ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
١٧
British Language
X:30
half past nine
half past twelve
X:15
quarter past eleven
quarter past twenty two
X:45
quarter to sixteen
quarter to twenty
ten and thirty two
fourteen and
American Language
ten and fifteen
nine and thirty
twenty and forty five
ﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮ
ﲨﻊ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
British Language
half past nine o'clock.
half past twelve o'clock
quarter past eleven
quarter past twenty two
sixteen three
quarter to twenty two nine
thirty two
and five o'clock
American Language
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ
:
fifteen o'clock
thirty o'clock
forty five
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ
ﻭ
ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
British Language
o'clock.
o'clock.
quarter past X
quarter past eleven o'clock
quarter past twenty two ten o'clock
three o'clock
nine o'clock
o'clock.
o'clock.
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
American Language
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ
o'clock.
o'clock.
forty five o'clock
clock
:
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ
:
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ
ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
half past X
quarter past X
o'clock.
o'clock.
quarter to X
o'clock.
o'clock.
.
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ
o'clock.
$/ا 01آ
clock
and
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ
.ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
.ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻲ
are
ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
(
half past X
(
quarter past X
(
quarter to X
(
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﲑ
.
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ
$/ا 01آ
-
ﻣﻌﲎ
and
ﻭ ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻮ
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
are
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
٤
(
-
$/ا 01آ
-
18.
١٨
ﻳﻮﻡ
:
Day
،
ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ
:
Week
ﺷﻬﺮ ،
:
Month
ﻗﺮﻥ ،
:
Century
-
ﻫﻲﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ
:
Saturday (Sat) ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ , Sunday (Sun) ﺍﻷﺣﺪ , Monday (Mon) ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ,
Tuesday (Thu) ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺎﺀ ,Wednesday (Wed) ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ , Thursday (Thu) ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ,
Friday (Fri) ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ
-
ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ
)
ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ
(
January
1
ﺷﺒﺎﻁ
)
ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ
(
February
2
ﺁﺫﺍﺭ
)
ﻣﺎﺭﺱ
(
March
3
ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ
)
ﺃﺑﺮﻳﻞ
(
April
4
ﺃﻳﺎﺭ
)
ﻣﺎﻳﻮ
(
May
5
ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ
)
ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ
(
June
6
ﲤﻮﺯ
)
ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ
(
July
7
ﺁﺏ
)
ﺃﻏﺴﻄﺲ
(
August
8
ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ
)
ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ
(
September
9
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ
)
ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ
(
October
10
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ
)
ﻧﻮﻓﻤﱪ
(
November
11
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ
)
ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ
(
December
12
-
ﻳ
ﻘ
ﺮﺃ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ
ﻛ
ﺮﻗﻤ
ﲔ
ﻋﺎﺩﻳ
ﲔ
ﺭﻗﻤ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﲔ
-
ﺭﻗﻤ
ﲔ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻭ
ﻛ
ﻋـﺎﺩﻱ ﺮﻗﻢ
ﺃﻟـﻮﻑ
ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ
ﺭﻗﻤﲔ
-
ﺭﻗﻤﲔ
.
1999 nineteen-ninety nine
2000 twenty-zero zero
1631 sixteen-thirty one
-
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ
AD
:
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ
ﺍ
ﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ
،
AH
:
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ
ﺍ
ﳍﺠﺮﻱ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﻱ
BC
:
ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ
3ر1ا 01آ
Date
:
٢٤
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) 102nd
is written as:
A. one hundred second.
B. one hundred and second.
C. one hundredth second.
D. one hundredth and second.
2) 8014698 is written as:
A. eight million and fourteen thousand six hundred ninety eight.
B. eight million fourteen thousand six hundred and ninety eight.
C. eight millions fourteen thousands six hundreds ninety eight.
D. eight million fourteen thousand six hundred ninety eight.
3) run + -ed:
A. runned.
B. runed.
C. runied.
D. None of all above.
4) wish + -s:
A. wishes.
B. wishs.
C. wishies.
D. None of all above.
5) matrix + -s:
A. matrises.
B. matrixs.
C. matrixes.
D. None of all above.
6) lie + -ing:
A. lyeing.
B. lieing.
C. lying.
D. None of all above.
7) read + -ed:
A. read.
B. readed.
C. readded.
D. None of all above.
25.
٢٥
8) love +-ing:
A. loving
B. loveing
C. lovving
D. None of all above.
9) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Dogs drink a water.
B. Dogs drink water.
C. Dogs drink the water.
D. Dogs drinks water.
E. Dogs drinks the water.
10) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Play with me.
B. Played with me.
C. Playing with me.
D. None of all above.
11) 10:45 is read in British clock as:
A. ten and forty five o'clock.
B. quarter to eleven o'clock.
C. quarter to ten o'clock.
D. quarter past ten o'clock.
E. quarter past eleven o'clock.
12) 9/10/2005AD is written as:
A. nine/ten/twenty-fife AD.
B. nine/ten/two thousand five AD.
C. nine/ten/two thousand five BC.
D. None of all above.
13) The most difference between British and American Language is:
A. Grammar
B. Vocabulary.
C. How to pronounce words.
D. None of all above.
14) About the clock topic, all answers below are correct except:
A. Americans use PM and AM.
B. 8:15 means quarter past eight o'clock.
C. There is a big difference between American and British clock.
D. 10:22 can be read in British ten and twenty two o'clock.
I
I
We
We
You
You
play football.
am ahero.
We play
We are hero
، ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ، ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ، ﺖﺃﻧ ، ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺃﻧﱳ
.
You play football.
You are a hero.
football.
hero.
play football.
are heroes.
، ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ، ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ، ﺖﺃﻧ ، ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ
.
play football.
are a hero.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﲝﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻘﺴﻢ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
football.
، ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ، ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ، ﺖﺃﻧ ، ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ
play football.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﲝﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻘﺴﻢ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ
Capital
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ
٢
ﻭﺗ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻨ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﲝﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻘﺴﻢ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﳓﻦ
.
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻟ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ
Personal Pronouns
:
Capital
ﻭﺗ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺪﻡ
Subject
:
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
Personal Pronouns
ﻛﺒﲑ ًﲝﺮﻑﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ
Letter
ﻭﺗ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
Subject
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
Personal Pronouns
ﻛﺒﲑ ًﲝﺮﻑﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ
ﻭﺗ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ا ا
Personal Pronouns
ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
I
ﻛﺒﲑ ًﲝﺮﻑﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﲔ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﺎﻥ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﱭ
.
ﺗﺴ
ﻭﺗ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ
ﺑﻄﻞ
.
ﳓﻦ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ
ﳓﻦ
ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ
.
ا ا
-
ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﲔ
ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﺎﻥ
ﺃﻧﺘﻢ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ
ﺃﻧﱳ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﱭ
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺑﻄﻞ
.
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺑﻄﻠﺔ
.
I
We
You
-
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﳓﻦ
ﳓﻦ
ا ا
-
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ
ﺃﻧﺘﻢ
ﺃﻧﱳ
ﺖﺃﻧ
ﺖﺃﻧ
28.
٣
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻫﻮ
.
He plays football. ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
.
He is a hero. ﻫﻮ
ﺑﻄﻞ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻫﻲ
.
She plays football. ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
.
She is a hero. ﻫﻲ
ﺑﻄﻠﺔ
.
ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ ﻫﻲ ، ﻫﻮ
.
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﲔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﻟ
ﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ
ﻫﻦ ، ﻫﻢ ، ﳘﺎ
.
ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ
ﺑﻄﻼﻥ
.
ﺃﻧﺘﻢ
ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ
.
ﺃﻧﱳ
ﺑﻄﻼﺕ
.
You are heroes.
ﺎﺇ
ﹰﺎﻳﻮﻣﻴ ﲤﻄﺮ
.
It rains daily.
It is large. ﺇﻧﻪ
ﻛﺒﲑ
.
ﺎﺇ
ﻛﺒﲑﺓ
.
They play football.
ﳘﺎ
ﻳﻠﻌﺒ
ﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ
.
ﻫ
ﻢ
ﻳ
ﻠﻌﺒ
ﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ
.
ﻫﻦ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﱭ
.
They are heroes.
ﳘﺎ
ﺑﻄﻼﻥ
.
ﻫ
ﻢ
ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ
.
ﻫﻦ
ﺑﻄﻼﺕ
.
He
She
It
They
29.
٤
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ
Objective
:
ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻳﺎﺀ
.
She tells me everything. ﻫﻲ
ﲣ
ﱪ
ﻧ
ـ
ﻲ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ
.
He goes with me. ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻌ
ـ
ﻲ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﲔ
.
She tells us everything. ﻫﻲ
ﲣ
ﱪ
ﻧ
ـ
ﺎ
ﺷﻲ ﻛﻞ
.
He knows us well. ﻳﻌﺮﻓـ ﻫﻮ
ﻨـﺎ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻟﻠ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻤﺬﻛﺮ
ﻛ
ﺎﻑ
ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺎﺀ
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ
.
I know him well. ﺃﻋﺮﻓ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻪ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻫﺎ
ﺀ
ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ
.
I know her well. ﺃﻋﺮﻓ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻬﺎ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻫﺎﺀ
.
I read it. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃ
ﻗﺮﺃ
ﻩ
.
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﻟ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ
ﻫﻢ
.
I know them well. ﺃﻋﺮﻓ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻬﻢ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
She prefers to go with you.
ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻲ
ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌ
ﻚ
.
ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻲ
ﺗﺬﻫ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌ ﺐ
ﻚ
.
ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻲ
ﺗﺬﻫ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌ ﺐ
ﻜ
ﻤﺎ
.
ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻲ
ﺗﺬﻫ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌ ﺐ
ﻜ
ﻢ
.
ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻲ
ﺗﺬﻫ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌ ﺐ
ﻜ
ﻦ
.
me
us
you
him
her
it
them
30.
ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
They
I
ﺇﻧﲏ
It is your turn.
He is my dog.
She is my cat.
ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻔﻦ
.
Who is there?
It is my brother who told me.
It is a hot day.
ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
I
You
He
She
It
We
You
They
ﺇﻧﲏ , He
is your turn.
is my dog.
is my cat.
ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻔﻦ
Who is there? It
is my brother who told me.
is a hot day.
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺇﻧﻪ , She
is your turn.
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
is my dog.
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
is my cat. .
ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻔﻦ
ﺍﳍﻮﻳﺔ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ
.
It is a milkman.
is my brother who told me.
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
, She
ﺎﺇ
is your turn.
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
ﺔ
ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻔﻦ
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳍﻮﻳﺔ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ
is a milkman.
is my brother who told me.
٥
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
me
you
him
her
it
us
you
them
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
, We
is your turn.
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ
ﺔ
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
is a milkman. .
is my brother who told me.
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺗ ﺃﻥ
:
ﺇﻧﻨﺎ , They
is your turn.
He , him
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
She , her
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
She , her
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ
.
is my brother who told me.
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
.
ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺗ ﺃﻥ
, They
ﻢﺇ
is your turn.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ
He , him
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ
She , her
.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ
She , her
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ
.
It
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ
is my brother who told me. ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﻲ
.
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ
ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﲨﻊ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﳐﺎﻃﺐ
ﲨﻊ
ﲨﻊ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺗ ﺃﻥ
ﻢﺇ , It
is your turn. ﺩﻭﺭﻙ
.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ
.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ
ﻗﻄﱵ
.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
It
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ؟ ﻣﻦ
ﺇﻧﻪ
ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
It
ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﻲ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺣﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ
.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ
ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
ﲨﻊ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﳐﺎﻃﺐ
ﲨﻊ ﻏﺎﺋﺐ
١
(
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺘﺮﺟﻢ
ﺗ ﺃﻥ
ﺎﺇ ، ﺇﻧﻪ
ﺇﻧﻪ
ﺩﻭﺭﻙ
٢
(
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺇﻧﻪ
ﻛﻠﱯ
.
٣
(
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺎﺇ
ﻗﻄﱵ
٤
(
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ
٥
(
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ؟ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺇﻧﻪ
ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﻲ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺇﻧﻪ
ﺣﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ
١
٢
٣
٤
٥
31.
٦
-
ﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻠﺘﺒﺲﻗﺪ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻕ
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﺔ
.
ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳌﻨﻊ
ﳏـﻞ ﲢﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ
ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻘ
ﻬﺎ
ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﺎ
.
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ
:
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
Possessive Pronouns
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ
Possessive Determiners
This house is mine.
This is my house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﱄ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟـ
ﻲ
.
This house is yours.
This is your house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻟﻚ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟ
ـ
ﻚ
.
This house is his.
This is his house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻟﻪ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟ
ـ
ﻪ
.
This house is hers.
This is her house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﳍﺎ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟـ
ﻬﺎ
.
This house is its.
This is its house.
ﻟ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻪ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
.
ﻣﱰﻟ ﻫﺬﺍ
ـ
ﻪ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
.
This house is ours.
This is our house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻟﻨﺎ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟـ
ﻨﺎ
.
This house is theirs.
This is their house.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﳍﻢ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﱰﻟـ
ﻬﻢ
.
-
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ
of
ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺩﺍﺋ
ﹰﺎﻤ
ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
.
I go to the cinema with a friend of mine. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
ﱄ
.
I go to the cinema with my friend. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
ﺻﺪﻳﻘ ﻣﻊ
ﻲ
.
-
ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
،
ﻳ
ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺼﺎﻍ
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ
's
ﺁ ﰲ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺧﺮ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
This is Carla's house. ﻣﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻛﺎﺭﻻ
.
-
ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﲨﻊ
،
ﻳ
ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺼﺎﻍ
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ
'
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﺑـ ﹰﺎﻣﺼﺎﻏ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ
-s
ﺃﻭ
-es
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
This is boys' house. ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ا
Possessive Pronouns
:
32.
٧
-
ﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻳ
ﺼﺎﻍ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
-self
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ
ourselves
myself
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ
yourselves
yourself
ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ
themselves
himself
herself
itself
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ
She hurt herself in the garden. ﺖﺟﺮﺣ ﻫﻲ
ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ
ﺍﳊﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﰲ
.
He is talking to himself. ﻫﻮ
ﻳ
ﺘ
ﻜﻠﻢ
ﻣﻊ
ﻧ
ﻔ
ﺴﻪ
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ
-
ﻭ ،ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ
ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻏﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻫﺬﻩ ، ﻫﺬﺍ
.
This is a table. ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ
.
ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ
ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻏﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
، ﺫﺍﻙ
ﺫ
ﻟ
ﻚ
ﺗﻠﻚ ،
.
That is my brother. ﺫ
ﻟ
ﻚ
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺧﻲ
.
ﻟﻠ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺠﻤﻊ
ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻏﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
These books are yours. ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟ
ﻜﺘﺐ
ﻟﻚ
.
ا ا
Reflexive Pronouns
:
رة ا
Demonstrative Pronouns
:
ﻻﺣﻆ
This
That
These
33.
٨
ﻟﻠ
ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺠﻤﻊ
ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞﻭﻏﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ
.
Those are my friends. ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ
ﻫﻢ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ
.
-
ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ
Who? , Whom?
:
ﻣﻦ؟
What?
:
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟
Which?
:
ﺃﻱ؟
Whose?
:
ﳌﻦ؟
When?
:
ﻣﱴ؟
-
ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ
ﻟ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ
ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
.
ﺿﻤﲑ
ﺭﻓﻊ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
،
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻘـﻂ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
.
That is the man who told me. ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺃﺧﱪﱐ
.
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
The man told me
ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
the man
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺟﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﲑ
ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ
ـﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﲨﻠـﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ
،
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
.
This is the doctor whom I met him yesterday. ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ
.
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
I met the doctor yesterday
ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
the doctor
.
م#$%ا
Interrogative Pronouns
:
'( ا
Relative Pronouns
:
Those
who
ﻻﺣﻆ
whom
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
34.
That
This
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜـﻦﻓـﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
This
I talked
.
That is the
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
.
This is the
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ
،
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻓـﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
This is the
I talked to
The team
ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
1) This is the man
This is the man
2) This is the car
This is the car
This is the doctor (
This is the car
is the man
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
is the car which
ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ
ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻓـﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
is the man (
to John
The team which
ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ
This is the man
This is the man
This is the car
This is the car
This is the doctor (
This is the car (
ﻋﻨﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
.
man whom I
ﻟﻐﲑ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ
which I bought.
ﺣﺎﻻ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺕ
ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ
ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻓـﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
(whom/
(who/that
which wears in green is our team.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ
This is the man that
This is the man that
This is the car which
This is the car which
This is the doctor (whom
(which/that
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ
who
ﻋﻨﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
I talked
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻟﻐﲑ
I bought.
ﺣﺎﻻ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
who
ﺇﻻ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻓـﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
/that) I can trust.
that) left
wears in green is our team.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
that I can trust
that I can trust.
which I bought
which I bought.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
whom/that)
that) I bought
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ
٩
to.
I talked to
the man
.
ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
،
ﺣﺎﻻ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
who , whom
I can trust.
yesterday.
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
.
ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
.
wears in green is our team.
ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳚﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I can trust him
I can trust.
I bought it.
I bought.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
) I met him yesterday.
I bought.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ
.
I talked to
the man
ﺟﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
which
, whom ,
who , whom
.
I can trust.
yesterday. ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
.
which
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
wears in green is our team.
ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳚﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
him.
I can trust. ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
(
.
I bought. (
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
I met him yesterday.
whom
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ
.
I talked to the man
ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
the man
ﺟﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ
.
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﳏﻞ ﳛﻞ ﺃﻥ
which
who , whom
ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ
.
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
which
ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳚﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
.
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
.
ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ
(
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I met him yesterday.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ
whom
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ
.
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
the man
ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺿﻤﲑ
ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ
.
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﳏﻞ ﳛﻞ ﺃﻥ
who , whom
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﻣﻊ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳚﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺿﻤﲑ ﺣﺬﻑ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ
ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺗ
ﻜﻠﻤﺖ
ﻣﻊ
-
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
-
ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳚﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﺢ
-
ﺿﻤﲑ ﺣﺬﻑ ﳝﻜﻦ
which
that
-
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ
ﺫﻟﻚ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺮﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺃﻧﺎ
-
-
-
-
35.
١٠
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) Pronoun you is:
A. Singular Subject Personal Pronoun.
B. Plural Subject Personal Pronoun.
C. Singular Object Personal Pronoun.
D. Plural Object Personal Pronoun.
E. All above.
2) Pronoun him is:
A. Singular Subject Personal Pronoun.
B. Plural Subject Personal Pronoun.
C. Singular Object Personal Pronoun.
D. Plural Object Personal Pronoun.
E. All above.
3) Pronoun they is used to express:
A. People.
B. Things.
C. Animals.
D. A C.
E. A B C.
4) Pronoun it is used to express:
A. People.
B. Things.
C. Animals.
D. B C.
E. A B C.
5) Pronoun those…
A. is the opposite of these.
B. points to thing that are not near.
C. points to people that are not near.
D. A B.
E. A C.
F. B C.
6) Choose the correct sentence:
A. She wishes to be an artist.
B. i speak English very well.
C. This pen is for a friend of me.
D. Look at all that houses.
E. None of all above.
36.
١١
7) Choose thecorrect sentence:
A. This is the building which I work in it.
B. I read these books which is on the table.
C. Look at that man, it's my friend.
D. I will marry that woman that works in the library.
E. None of all above.
8) Choose the correct sentence:
A. It is mine cat.
B. She is mine cat.
C. It is my cat.
D. He is my cat.
E. None of all above.
9) Choose the correct sentence:
A. I want to play soccer with a brother of your.
B. I want to play soccer with a brother of her.
C. I want to play soccer with a brother of my.
D. I want to play soccer with a brother of our.
E. None of all above.
10) Choose the correct sentence:
A. That is the man who I bought the car from him.
B. That is the man who I bought the car from.
C. That is the man who I bought the car.
D. That is the man which I bought the car.
E. None of all above.
11) Choose the correct sentence:
A. That is the playground which we play in.
B. That is the playground who we play in.
C. That is the playground which we play in it.
D. That is the playground who we play in it.
E. None of all above.
12) Relative pronoun that is used to express:
A. Singular.
B. Plural.
C. People
D. Things
E. All above.
F. None of all above.
13) About that, all answers below are correct except:
A. It is used to introduce a defining relative clause.
B. It is similar to who and which.
C. It is a singular pronoun which indicates something not near.
D. None of all above.
He will go
Hewill go.
is
are
am
be
was
were
been
(I
(He
(She
He will go
He will go.
is
He , She , It
are
You , We , They
am
I.
be
ﻦﻛ ،
.
was
I , He , She , It
were
You , We , They
been
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
I am/I'm
He is/He'
She is/She'
- be + -
- were
He will going.
He will go.
He , She , It
You , We , They
ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ، ﻛﻮﻧﺎ ، ﻛﻮﱐ ،
ﻦﻛ ،
I , He , She , It
You , We , They
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
m) a genius
He's) a genius
She's) a genius
-ing
b
+ -s
He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
You , We , They
ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ، ﻛﻮﻧﺎ ، ﻛﻮﱐ ،
I , He , She , It , ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
You , We , They
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ،
...
.
genius.
genius.
genius.
being.
was.
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺳﻮﻑ
.
ﺍﺳﻢ.
, ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ .
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻦﻛ
ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ، ﻛﻮﻧﺎ ، ﻛﻮﱐ ،
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ .
You , We , They , ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
، ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ،
ﻧﻜﻮﻥ
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ،
.
.
.
٣
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
ﺍﳉﺮ
.
ﺍﺳﻢ.
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
، ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ،
Auxiliary Verbs
:
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺣﺮ
ﻭ
ﻑ
ﺍﳉﺮ
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
am , is ,
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
Auxiliary Verbs
ﺷﻜﻞ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
(
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
ﻳ
ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
:
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ
٢
(
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
٣
(
ﺑﻌﺪ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
:
am , is , are
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
ﹰﺎﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳ
.
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳ
.
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ
.
ة ا ل ا
Auxiliary Verbs
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺷﻜﻞ
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
will
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻷ
ﻓﻌ
ﺎ
ﻝ
are
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
-
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ
-
ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
-
ﻫﻲ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ة ا ل ا
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
ﺑﺄﻥ ﹰﺎﻋﻠﻤ
will
ﺗ
ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻷ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
-
ﻫﻮ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
-
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ
-
be
ة ا ل ا
-
١
(
٢
(
ﻫﻲ
ة ا ل ا
40.
(It
(You
(We
(They
، ﺎ
I
He
She
It
You
We
They
I will
Itis/It's)
You are
We are/
They are
ﻛﻨـﺖ ،
ﹸ
ﻛ ،
ـ
ﻨ
، ﺎ
I was here
He was here
She was here
It was here
You were
We were
They were
I will be
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
You are
) a genius
are/You're
/We're)
are/They'
ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ،
ﻛﻨـﺖ ،
here.
here.
here.
here.
were here.
were here.
were here.
there minutes
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
He is
You are
You're , They are
genius. ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ
.
re) a genius
geniuses
They're) genius
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
ﻛـﺎﻥ
ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ،
.
.
there minutes later
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
He is
He's , She is
John is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
You're , They are
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳ
/
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ
genius.
es.
geniuses.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻛـﺎﻥ
later.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
He's , She is
John is John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
You're , They are
I am
٤
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
/
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﲟﻌ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﲎ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
He's , She is
She's , It is
John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
You're , They are
They're , We are
I am
I'm
ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ
.
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ
.
:
ﺍﳌ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
ﲟﻌ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
.
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
She's , It is
John's , Ali is
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
I'm
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
/
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ
-
ﻫﻮ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳ
.
ﻧﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ
was , were
:
ﺻﻴﻎ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺍﳌ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
ﻛﺎﻥ
/
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
.
be
:
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She's , It is
Ali's
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
-
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ
-
ﳓﻦ
ﻧﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ
-
ﻫﻢ
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼ
ﻥ
was , were
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺻﻴﻎ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
be
:
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
been
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
It's
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
They're , We are
We're
ﻫ
ﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ
ﳓﻦ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ
ﻫﻢ
ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
...
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻮ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻲ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﳓﻦ
ﻛﻨﺎ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻢ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
-
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
-
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
We're
-
١
(
٢
(
-
١
(
-
١
(
-
-
41.
has
have
had
He
She
It
I
ﻭﺃﻥ ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
has
He , She , It
have
I , You , We ,They
had
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
He has friends.
She has friends.
It has friends
I have friends.
- have
- have +
- have +
ﻭﺃﻥ ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
I have
He had
He , She , It
I , You , We ,They
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
friends.
friends.
friends.
friends.
+ -ing
have + -s
have + -ed
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
:
He has
ﻭﺃﻥ ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
I have
He had
I had
He , She , It , ﻣﻔ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺮﺩ
I , You , We ,They
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
having.
has.
had.
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
He has
He's , She has
John has
have
ﻭﺃﻥ ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
I've , You have
He'd , She had
I'd , You had
ﻣﻔ ﺍﺳﻢ.
I , You , We ,They , ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
(
.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ/
aving.
has
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
He's , She has
has
John's
have , had
I've , You have
They have
He'd , She had
I'd , You had
They had
٥
ﺍﺳﻢ.
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﳚﺮﻱ
)
ﺑـ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ
(
/ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻫﻲ/ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ
has
He's , She has
John's , Ali
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ
had
I've , You have
You've , We have
They have
They've
He'd , She had
She'd , It had
I'd , You had
You'd , We had
They had
They'd
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
They.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
، ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،
ﳚﺮﻱ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ
She's , It has
Ali has
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ
You've , We have
They've
She'd , It had
You'd , We had
They'd
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
has , have
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
)
ﻟﺪﻯ
(
، ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﲤﻠﻚ/ﳝﻠﻚ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
She's , It has
Ali 's
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
:
You've , We have
She'd , It had
You'd , We had
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻥ
has , have
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﳝﻠﻚ
ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
It's ,
's
ﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
We've
It'd ﻧﺎﺩﺭ
(
We'd ,
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻫﻲ/ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﻠﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻻ
ﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
-
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻻ
ﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
We've ,
)
ﻧﺎﺩﺭ
We'd ,
have
-
١
(
٢
(
-
-
42.
You
We
They
He
She
It
I
You
We
They
He
She
It
I
You
We
They
He
You have
We have
Theyhave
He has to
She has to
It has to
I have to
You have to
We have to
They have to
He had friends
She had friends
It had friends
I had friends
You had
We had friends
They had
He had to
He owned a car.
have friends.
have friends.
have friends.
has to go now
has to go now
go now.
have to go now
have to go now
have to go now
have to go
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
friends.
friends.
friends.
friends.
friends
friends.
had friends
to go now.
He owned a car.
friends.
friends.
friends.
now.
now.
.
now.
now.
now.
now.
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
ﺑـ ﻗﺎﻡ
(
.
.
.
friends.
.
friends.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
.
now.
He owned a car.
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،
ﺟﺮﻯ ،
)
ﺑـ ﻗﺎﻡ
.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
now.
He owned a car.
٦
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻟﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
have to
ﺃﻭ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
own
.
He owned a car.
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﺐ
ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
/
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻟﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲟﻌﲎ
have to
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
own
He owned a car.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ
to
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﳚ
ﺐ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ
.
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
has , have
.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ
/
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
to
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﳓﻦ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﺃﻭ .ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ
ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ
to
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺬﻫﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
/
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻥ
ﻲﻋﻠ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻚﻋﻠﻴ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
had
:
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
has , have
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
ﻟﺪﻳ
ﻚ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻥ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
.
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ
to
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
ﺘﻠﻚ
ﳝﻠﻚ ،
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺘﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﳕﻠﻚ ﳓﻦ
ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﳚﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴ
ﻪ
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
ﳚﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﻲﻋﻠ
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻚﻋﻠﻴ
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻫﻲ
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻛ
ﺎﻥ
ﻟﺪﻳ
ﳓﻦ
ﻛ
ﺎ
ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻥ
ﻫﻢ
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
-
ﻣﻌﲎ
ﳝ
ﺘﻠﻚ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺘﻠﻚ ﻫﻮ
٣
(
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
-
43.
She
It
I
You
We
They
d
d
d
d
He
She
It
I
You
We
She had to
Ithad to
I had to go
You had
We had to
They had
do
I , You , We , They ,
does
He , She , It ,
did
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
done
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
He does seem
She does
It does seem
I do seem
You do seem
We do seem
- do +
- do +
- do +
to go now
go now
go now.
to go now
to go now
had to go now
I , You , We , They ,
He , She , It ,
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
seem good
does seem good
seem good
seem good.
seem good
seem good
o + -ing
do + -s
does.
do + -ed
did.
now.
now.
.
now.
now.
now.
I , You , We , They ,
He , She , It , ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
.
good.
good.
good.
good.
good.
doing.
does.
did.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
.
.
.
.
I , You , We , They , ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻊ
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ .
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
I , He , She , It , You , We ,
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
٧
/
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
.
ﺍﺳﻢ.
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﺃﻥ
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
/
.
.
.
They.
They.
do ,
:
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ
.
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
:
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
:
o , does , d
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺗ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
.
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﻳﺒﺪﻭ
/
ﺗﺒﺪﻭ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
/
ﻋﻠﻴﻬ
ﺎ
ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻷ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻓﻌ
ﺎ
ﻝ
did
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻳﺒﺪﻭ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺗ
ﺍﻷ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﻮ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻫﻲ
ﺗ
ﺒﺪﻭ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﺑﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻧﺒﺪﻭ ﳓﻦ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
do
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
44.
٨
They do seemgood. ﻳﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻢ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ
.
٤
(
ﹰﺎﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺑـ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ، ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ، ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ، ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
.
He does his job well. ﻫﻮ
ﺑـ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ
ﻌﻤﻠﻪ
ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﺟﻴﺪ
.
She does her job well. ﻫ
ﻲ
ﺗ
ﺑـ ﻘﻮﻡ
ﻌﻤﻠﻪ
ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
It does its job well. ﻫﻮ
/
ﻫﻲ
ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻳﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑـ
ﻌﻤﻠﻪ
/
ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑـ
ﻌﻤﻠﻬ
ﺎ
ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﺟﻴﺪ
.
I do my job well. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻗﻮﻡ
ﺑـ
ﻌﻤﻠ
ﻲ
ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
You do your job well. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗ
ﺑـ ﻘﻮﻡ
ﻌﻤﻠ
ﻚ
ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
We did our job well. ﳓﻦ
ﻗﻤﻨﺎ
ﺑـ
ﻌﻤﻠ
ﻨﺎ
ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
They did their job well.
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻫ
ﻢ
ﻗ
ﺎﻣﻮﺍ
ﺑـ
ﻌﻤﻠﻬ
ﻢ
ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
will
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
would
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
will
:
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
١
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
.
Susan will be here in half of an hour. ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ
ﺳ
ﻮﻑ
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
would
:
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
١
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
٢
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻼ
ﻟﺮﺑﻂ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
Future in the Past
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
٣
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
Conditional Clauses
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
.
٤
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺍﻟ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﳌﻬﺬﺏ ﻄﻠﺐ
ﰲ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻟ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺴﺆﺍﻝ
.
Would you lend me your pen? ﻗﻠﻤﻚ؟ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺭﺓ ﱄ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﻞ
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
will
45.
٩
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
shall
I, He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
should
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
shall
:
١
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
I
ﺃﻭ
We
،
ﳏﻠـﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ
will
ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
،
ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤ
ﻞ
ﻭ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺧﺼﻮﺻ
ﻭﻧﺎﺩﺭ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
ﻣﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
.
Shall we go abroad? ﻫﻞ
ﺳ
ﻮﻑ
ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ؟ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ
٢
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻟ
ﻋﻦ ﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺗﻌﻠ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ
ﻴ
ﻤ
ﺎﺕ
instructions
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻣﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
.
All students shall attend the class. ﻋﻠ ﳚﺐ
ﻰ
ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﲨﻴﻊ
ﳛﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﳊﺼﺔ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
should
:
١
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻟﻠ
ﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ
ﺑﻪ
ﻭ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻔﻀﻞ
ﻳ
ﻻﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﰲ
.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﲣﻔﺾ ﺃﻥ
.
ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ
The government should lower taxes.
ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺄﻣﻚ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ
.
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻚ
You should phone your mother every week.
٢
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
rules instructions
.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
ﻳ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ
ﺮﻭﺍ
ﻳ ﺃﻥ ﻻ
ﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ
.
ﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﻝ
old saying
Children should be seen and not heard.
٣
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﻭ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ
ﻣﺮﺟﺢ
ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ
.
ﳚﺐ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺒﻂ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ
.
ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ
The plane should land right now.
٤
(
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ
should + have + V.3
ﱂ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻥ
.
ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟ ﱂ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
You should have posted those letters. Why didn't you?
shall
46.
١٠
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻦ
؟
He should have been home long ago. Where is he?
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
may
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
might
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
may
:
١
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻟ
ﺸـﻲﺀ
permission
ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
can
ﻭ
could
ﺷـﺎﺋﻊ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
.
May I come in? ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ؟ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻞ
ﺇﺫﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ
May I use your cell phone? ﻫﻞ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻮﻱ؟ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ
ﺇﺫﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ
٢
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻟ
ﻠ
ﻋﻦ ﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ
ﻣﺎ
possibility
ﰲ
ﺍﳊ
ﺃﻭ ﺎﺿـﺮ
ﺍﳌ
ﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﲟﻌـﲎ
ﺭﲟـﺎ
perhaps
.
ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ
.
The news may be true. OR Perhaps the news is true.
ﻫﻲ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ
.
It may rain tomorrow. OR Perhaps it rains tomorrow.
may
Where's James?
Why is he late?
I don't know, Mr Baker.
He may be ill.
Or he may be too
lazy to come to
school.
؟ ! #أ
؟%'( ذا
ف% أ +
, #
%-
.
ر
#% 0ه
.
أو
ر
3(' ً
ا! ل0 آ 0ه
,ار 6إ
.
47.
١١
٣
(
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
may+ have + V.3
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ
possibility
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
.
He may have dead. ﻫﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﻣﺎﺕ
.
He may have been ill. ﻫﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﹰﺎﻣﺮﻳﻀ ﻛﺎﻥ
.
٤
(
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
may + be + V-ing
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻣـﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻝ
possibility
ﳛ
ﺪﺙ
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
He may be coming to school on foot. ﻫﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺁﰐ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
might
:
ﻟﻪ
ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ
could
ﹰﺎﻻﺣﻘ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻔﺮﻭﻕ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ
،
ﻭ
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻴﺔ
ﺑﲔ
might
ﻭﺑﲔ
could
ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
.
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
can
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
could
I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
can
:
١
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ
ﺃ
ﻭ
ﺍﳉﺴﺪﻳﺔ
ability
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻜﻦﻤ
ﻳ ، ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
.
He can speak English. ﻫﻮ
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﻳ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺘﺤﺪﺙ
.
You cannot smoke here. ﻻ
ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ
.
٢
(
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
ﻟ
ﺸﻲﺀ
permission
ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
could
.
ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﻏﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
You can borrow the radio until tomorrow.
٣
(
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
possibility
ﺍﳊ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺎﺿﺮ
ﺭﲟـﺎ
perhaps
ﻳﻔﻀـﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
may
.
The weather can be very hot in Delhi. ﺍﳉﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺩﳍﻲ ﰲ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺍﺣﺎﺭ
.
can
48.
١٢
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
could
:
١
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻭﺍﳉﺴﺪﻳﺔﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ability
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﱠـ
ﻜﻤﺗ ، ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ
ﻦ
ﻛـﺎﻥ ،
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﻛﺎﻥ ،
ﻜﻦﻤ
ﻳ
.
He could learn English. ﻫﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ
.
،ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﰲ
ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﹰﺍﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﹰﺎﻣﻌﻄﻔ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ
.
In those days, you could buy a coat for $20 only.
٢
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ
ﳛ
ﺪ
ﺙ
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ
ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ
.
ﻫﻲ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻏﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﲤﻄﺮ ﺃﻥ
.
ﲤﻄﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ
It could rain tomorrow, but there are no clouds in the sky today.
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃ ﺃﻥ
ﹰﺍﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﲑ ﺻﺒﺢ
ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﰲ
ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
ﹰﺍﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﲑ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ
One day I could become a millionaire, but the chances are
very small.
٣
(
ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻟ
ﺸﻲﺀ
permission
.
ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﻏﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻪ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
You could borrow the radio until tomorrow.
٤
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﰲ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺍﻻ
ﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣ
ﺎﺕ
suggestions
.
ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
Conversation
:
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ
:
ﺳﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
ﻟ
ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻜﻲ
ﺍﻻ ﻟﻐﱵ
ﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳ
ﺔ
؟
ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ
:
ﺍﻟ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ،ﹰﺎﺣﺴﻨ
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
.
ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ
Student: What will I do to improve my English?
Teacher: Well, you could try some of these grammar exercises.
ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻭ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻻ
ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
must
:
١
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ
ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ
obligation
.
You must eat to live. ﳛﺐ
ﻋﻠﻴ
ﻚ
ﺃﻥ
ﻟ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ
ﻜﻲ
ﺗﻌﻴﺶ
.
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﱂ ﺇﻥ
ﻓ
ﺴﺘﻤﻮﺕ
٢
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻻ ﺃﻡ ﹰﺎﺻﺤﻴﺤ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ
،
ﺷﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺷـﻌﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ
.
ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺑﲔ
:
This mosque is very old. ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻗﺪﱘ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﻗﺪﱘ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﻗﺪﳝ
ﹰﺎ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ
ﻗﺪﳝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ
ﹰﺎ
ﻻ ﺃﻭ
،
ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺑ
ﻗﺪﱘ ﺄﻧﻪ
This mosque must be very old.
must
49.
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ
A. There issomebody knocking on the door.
B. Yes, it
She
ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ
ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
B. Yes, it
She used to
had to
.
ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ
permission
.
ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
.
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
B. Yes, it must be my son. He always gets home at this time.
Subject
used to be a teacher.
must = have to
.
have to
ﻭﻫﻮ
had to
ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ
permission
ﻟﻄﻠﺐ
ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻞ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻏﲑ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
Subject +
be a teacher.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
must = have to
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
have to
ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻟﺸﻲﺀ
permission
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ
ﻟﻄﻠﺐ
ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ
may
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻞ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻮ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
+ used to
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
be a teacher.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻱ
must = have to
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
might
ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ
ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ
can
ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ
can , may , will , must , shall
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
١٣
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻞ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻮ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
used to +
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
ﺍﻵﻥ
be a teacher.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻱ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
might
could
ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ
can , may , could
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ
ﹰﻻﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ
ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ
can , may , will , must , shall
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰐ
.
Conversation
:
.
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻞ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻮ
A. There is somebody knocking on the door.
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
+ Verb.1
use to
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
.
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻱ
must
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
might
:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ
could
can , may , could
could
ﺃ
ﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ
ﹰﻻﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ
ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺬﻳﺒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
can
.
can , may , will , must , shall
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰐ
Conversation
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
.
ﺍﺑﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﺍﺑﻨﻪ
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
1 + Object
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺣﺼﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ
must
.
have to
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
must
ﻭ
might
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
can , may , could
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
could
ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺬﻳﺒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
can , may , will , must , shall
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰐ
ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
Conversation
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﺑﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻜﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﺑﻨﻪ
be my son. He always gets home at this time.
:
Object
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
used to
:
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﺣﺼﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
should
ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ
ﻭ
have to
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
could
possibil
،
ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
permission
،
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺇﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ
may
ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺬﻳﺒ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
can , may , will , must , shall
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
ﻳﺄ ﺃﻥ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﰐ
ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺃ
.
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺏ
.
،ﻧﻌﻢ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻜﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
used to
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
-
should
-
must
-
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
possibility
-
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ermission
ﺇﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ
-
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
-
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
used to
-
-
-
١
(
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50.
I
When we werechildren, we
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
I used to
When we were children, we
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
use to
.
She (did not
She use
Did she
Used she to be a teacher?
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
work in
When we were children, we
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
She used to be a teacher.
used to
ﺇﱃ
use to
did not/didn't) use to be a teacher.
She used not to be a teacher.
Did she use to be a teacher?
Used she to be a teacher?
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﻮﻋ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻌﻤﻞ
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
work in Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
When we were children, we
She used to be a teacher.
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
ﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ
used to
didn't) use to be a teacher.
to be a teacher.
use to
.
use to be a teacher?
Used she to be a teacher?
ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻏﲑ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﻮﻋ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻳ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﰲ ﻌﻤﻞ
Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
past habit
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
When we were children, we used to
She used to be a teacher.
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
didn't
ﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ
didn't) use to be a teacher.
to be a teacher.
ﺇﱃ
use to
use to be a teacher?
Used she to be a teacher?
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻨﻔﻲ
ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻏﲑ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﻮﻋ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
١٤
ﻛﻮﺍﻻﳌﺒﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ
.
ﻳ ﻛﺎﻥ
Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
ast habit
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
used to play in that
but now she works in news paper.
.
ﺃﻭ
didn't
didn't) use to be a teacher.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
.
ﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ
used to
use to be a teacher?
Used she to be a teacher?
used to
ﺍﻟ ﰲ
ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻨﻔﻲ
ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ
ﻛﻮﺍﻻﳌﺒﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ
Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
ﰲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ast habit
ﺍﳌﻠﻌﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﺎ ،
.
play in that
but now she works in news paper.
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
did not
ﺃﻭ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ
.
didn't) use to be a teacher.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
used
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ
.
Did
ﻣﻦ ﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ
.
Used she to be a teacher? ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
used to
ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ
.
ﻛﻮﺍﻻﳌﺒﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ
Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
ﰲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﺍﳌﻠﻌﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﺎ ،
play in that playground
but now she works in news paper.
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﳘﺎ
:
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ
did not
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ
not
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ
ﳘﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
:
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻮﺿﻊ
Did
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ
ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ
Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur.
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﰲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﹰﻻﺃﻃﻔﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﻠﻌﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﻨﺎ ،
playground.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
but now she works in news paper.
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺎ
ﻥ
ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
not
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﳘﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻮﺿﻊ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ
used
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻞ
ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ
ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﹰﻻﺃﻃﻔﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
-
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
١
(
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻫﻲ
٢
(
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻫﻲ
-
ﳘﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
١
(
ﻳ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻮﺿﻊ
ﻫﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻞ
٢
(
-
١
٢
-
١
٢
51.
ﻓﻌـﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻠﻤ
ﻓﻌـﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻠﻤ
He will can do that.
He will
ﻓﻌـﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻠﻤ
He will can do that.
He will be able to do that.
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻓﻌـﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﹰﺎﻋﻠﻤ
He will can do that.
able to do that.
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
(
able to do that.
١٥
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
:
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﲤﻌﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
:
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻃﺒﻌ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﲤﻌﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻃﺒﻌ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
:
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﲤﻌﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻃﺒﻌ
ﻛﺒﲑ
)
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
ﺱ
/
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﲤﻌﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺝ
/
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻃﺒﻌ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﻛﺒﲑ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻞ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ
ﺱ
ﺝ
52.
١٦
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) When we ask a permission, we had better use:
A. might.
B. could.
C. may.
D. can.
E. None of all above.
2) must is used to express:
A. Possibility.
B. Obligation.
C. Ability.
D. Intention.
3) may is used to express:
A. Possibility.
B. Permission.
C. Ability.
D. Suggestion.
4) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Could I get that pen?
B. Can I get that pen?
C. May I get that pen?
D. Might I get that pen?
5) I may ......... able to come to your party if I have the time.
A. be
B. being
C. being to
D. can
6) I ......... speak French without a problem now because I have had many lessons.
A. may
B. can
C. have
D. could
7) be is:
A. Modal Auxiliary Verb
B. Primary Auxiliary Verb.
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
53.
١٧
8) We .........leave to San Francisco tomorrow.
A. will
B. would
C. were
D. have
E. None of all above.
9) When we say an old saying, we had better use:
A. must.
B. could.
C. should.
D. used to.
10) When we say something we do not know if it is true but we have plenty of evidence, we had
better use:
A. must.
B. could.
C. should.
D. may.
He
I
She plays
Water boilsat
The earth moves
He plays
I live in New York
She plays
Water boils at
The earth moves
plays tennis.
in New York
She plays tennis.
Water boils at 100
The earth moves
Subject
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
tennis.
in New York City.
tennis.
100ْC.
The earth moves around the sun.
Present
:
Subject + +
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
.
C.
round the sun.
Present
+ +
am
is
are
٣
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
round the sun.
Progressive
+ + Verb
-ing
-ing
.
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
:
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ،
:
.
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
Progressive
Verb-ing
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
:
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
ing
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
ing
It
،
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
،
They
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ،
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ
.
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ
.
ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
.
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
+ Object
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
He
،
She
،
It
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
is
.
You
،
We
،
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
are
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
am
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ
.
ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﻲ
.
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺣﻘ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻴ
ﻘ
ﺔ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
١٠٠
ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
:
Object
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
He
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
You
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
I
:
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﰲ
ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ
(
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﻲ
(
ﺣﻘ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
-
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻧﺎ
١
(
٢
(
-
-
-
-
57.
(He
(They
(She is
(I am
I
(Theyare/
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
He is/He'
They are
She is/She's)
I am/I'm)
I cannot
(They are/
ﹰﺍﺃﺑـﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
like ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
need
realize
forget
be ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
He's) playing
are/They'
She's) watching
/I'm) having
find a flat, so
be going to
.
(They are/They're)
ﹰﺍﺃﺑـﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﻳﻔﻀﻞ , love
need ﳛﺘﺎﺝ , think
realize ﻳﺪﺭﻙ
forget ﻳﻨﺴﻰ , suppose
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ , appear
playing basketball.
They're) watching
watching
having lunch.
find a flat, so (I am
be going to
They're) traveling on Friday.
State (Stative) Verbs
ﹰﺍﺃﺑـﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
, love ﳛﺐ , prefer
, think ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ
ﻳﺪﺭﻙ , mean
, suppose ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ
, appear ﻳﻈﻬﺮ , sound
basketball.
watching the
watching the TV.
lunch.
ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
I am/I'm)
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
will
ﺃﻭ
be going to
traveling on Friday.
(Stative) Verbs
, prefer ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ , imagine
, mean ﻳﻘﺼﺪ , understand
ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ , hope
, sound ﹰﺎﺻﻮﺗ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ
٤
basketball.
the TV.
TV.
lunch.
ﺃﺧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
I'm) living with my brother.
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
traveling on Friday.
(Stative) Verbs
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﻳﻔﻀﻞ , hate
, imagine ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ
, understand
, hope ﻳﺮﺟﻮﺍ
ﹰﺎﺻﻮﺗ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ , belong
TV.
ﺃﺧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
living with my brother.
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
traveling on Friday. ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
(Stative) Verbs
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
, hate ﻳﻜﺮﻩ , want
ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ , believe
, understand ﻳﻔﻬﻢ
, see ﻳﺮﻯ
, belong
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺷﻘﺔ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺃﺧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
living with my brother.
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ
ﳝ
ﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
, want ﻳﺮﻳﺪ
, believe ﻳﺼﺪﻕ , know
, remember
ﻳﺮﻯ , own ﳝﻠﻚ
, belong ﻳﻼﺀﻡ , contain
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ
.
ﺍﻟﺘ
ﻠ
ﻔ
ﺎ
ﺯ
.
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻲ
ﺎﺯ
.
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
.
ﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺷﻘﺔ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
living with my brother.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ
ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻳﺮﻳﺪ , wish
, know ﻳﻌﺮﻑ
, remember ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ
ﳝﻠﻚ , seem
, contain ﳛﺘﻮﻱ
ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ
ﻫﻢ
ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻻ
ﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺷﻘﺔ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
(
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
, wish ﻳﺘﻤﲎ ,
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ,
ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ,
, seem ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ,
ﳛﺘﻮﻱ , …
ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻢ
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
-
58.
٥
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
1)She works here until Monday. ﺧﻄﺄ
2) She is working here until Monday. ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ
(
ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
،
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺎﺿﺮ
.
2) He is seeming very tired. ﺧﻄﺄ
3) He seems very tired. ﺻﺢ
)
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻣﺘﻌﺒ ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻫﻮ
(
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
seem
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
State Verbs
،
ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻻ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻣﻊ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻣﻊ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
.
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
-
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
ﹰﺍﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﹰﺍﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ
.
He is wanting to buy a new computer. ﺧﻄﺄ
He wants to buy a new computer. ﺻﺢ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻷﻥ
want
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
State Verbs
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻻ
.
-
ﻌﺘﱪ
ﻳ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
State Verb
ﻭ
Action Verb
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ
think
ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻪ
ﻳﻔﻜ
ﺮ
ﻭ
ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻳﻔﻜﺮ
ﻌﺘﱪ
ﻴﻓ
Action Verb
ﻳـﺄﰐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻱ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ
.
I am thinking. ﺃﻓﻜﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ
taste
:
This ice cream tastes disgusting. ﻟﻼﴰﺌﺰﺍﺯ ﻣﺜﲑﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻔﻮﺡ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻠﺢ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﲑﻯ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﺬﻭﻕ ﻫﻮ
.
He is tasting the soup to see if it needs more salt.
59.
3) Where is
4)
4)Vegetarians
(I
(He
) Where is
) Where is
) Vegetarians
Vegetarians
I have/I'
(He has/He'
) Where is John
Where is John
) Vegetarians are
Vegetarians do not eat
Subject +
I've) read
He's) watch
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
John? He cleans
John? He is cleaning
are not eat
do not eat
Subject +
read the book.
watched the
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
cleans the car.
is cleaning
ﺍﻟﺒ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺴﻴﻂ
.
not eating meat.
do not eat meat.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺎﺿﺮ
.
Present
:
Subject +
the book.
the TV for two hours
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
read
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
has
have
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ،
:
٦
the car.
is cleaning the car.
ﺍﻟﺒ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
meat.
meat.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺎﺿﺮ
Present Perfect
+ Verb
for two hours
Irregular Verbs
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
read - read -
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
:
،
I
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ،
the car.
the car.
ﺍﻟﺒ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
Perfect
Verb.3 +
for two hours.
Irregular Verbs
- read
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
It
،
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
،
They
،
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﻈﻒ ﺇﻧﻪ ؟
(
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﻮﻥ
(
ﺍﳊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺎﺿﺮ
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
+ Object
. ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
Irregular Verbs
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
He
،
She
،
It
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
has
.
You
،
We
،
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
have
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﻈﻒ ﺇﻧﻪ ؟
ﺍﻵﻥ
،
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﻮﻥ
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻟﺜ
/
:
Object
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
.
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
He
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
You
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺃﻳﻦ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﻮﻥ
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ
،
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
ﻘﺪ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﻘﺪ
ﺷﺎﻫﺪ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
read
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
-
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
-
-
60.
٧
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ
،
ﻭ
ﻋﺎﻡﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ
ﺑ ﺻﻠﺔ
ﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻣﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ
.
١
(
ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺮﺴﻛ ﻟﻘﺪ
.
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ
:
ﹰﺍﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﱂ
(He has/He's) broken her leg.
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺖﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ
.
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ
:
ﺣﺼﻠ
ﺖ
ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
(I have/I've) bought a new car.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻟﻘﺪ
.
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ
:
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ
(She has/She's) gone at home.
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ، ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
٢
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
ﻭﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺄﰐ
:
since ﻣﻨﺬ , for ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺖﺩﺭﺳ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ
ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ
.
ﻣ
ﺎﺯ
ﻟ
ﺖ
ﺍ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺱ
(I have/I've) studied English since I started in a secondary school.
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻛﻮﻧﻎ ﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﰲ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ
.
ﺖﻣﺎﺯﻟ
ﻛﻮﻧﻎ ﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in Hong Kong for twenty years.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ
.
ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
(He has/He's) worked for Microsoft for two years.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
61.
(He
(I have/I've) justhad a delicious meal.
ﺄﰐ
(I have
(I have
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
(He has/He
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﹰﺎﻣﻬﻤ
(
.
ﻭ
ﻳـ
ﺄﰐ
before
I have/I've) seen that movie
I have/I've)
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
I know a lot about China
years.
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
have +
.
He's) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ
ﹰﺎﻣﻬﻤ
before ﻗﺒﻞ
several times
I've) seen that movie
I've) met him once before
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
I know a lot about China
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
+ just +
) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ
ﻗﺒﻞ , already
several times ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ
I've) seen that movie
met him once before
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
I know a lot about China
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻭﻫﻲ
.
+ Verb.3
) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻞ
)
ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ
, already ﺍﻵﻥ , never
ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ
I've) seen that movie twenty
met him once before
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
I know a lot about China, because I have lived in China for
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻭﻫﻲ
٨
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
3
) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﺍﻟ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ
ﻌ
ﻤ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻞ
, never ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ , many times
twenty times
met him once before.
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
because I have lived in China for
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻭﻫﻲ
ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
ﳛﺪﺩ ﻭﱂ
ﺍﻟ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ , ever ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ
, many times ﻛﺜﲑﺓ
times. .
ﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩ
ﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
because I have lived in China for
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻭﻫﻲ
ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺣﺼﻞ
.
ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
) won.
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal. ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺓ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ
ﻟﻠﺘﻮ
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ
ﳛﺪﺩ ﻭﱂ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻣﻊ
:
ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ , once
ﻣﺮﺍﺕ
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ
ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ
.
.
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
because I have lived in China for
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
١
(
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻭﻫﻲ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺣﺼﻞ
) won.
ﺖﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺓ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
, once ﻣﺮﺓ , yet
, - times
ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﻣﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﻘﺪ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ
.
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ
ﺤ
ﻳ ﱂ
ﺪ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
:
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
because I have lived in China for
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
)
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
(
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
) won. ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻓﺎﺯ
.
ﺖﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ ﻟﻘﺪ
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ
ﻫﺬ
ﺍ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ
yet ﺪﺑﻌ
times
ﻟ
ﺖﺭﺃﻳ ﻘﺪ
ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﻟ
ﻣﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﻘﺪ
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
-
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺳﻨﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
because I have lived in China for 3
ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
٣
(
٤
(
-
62.
(I have/I've) beento France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
(James has
The rain has
ﺍﳌﺎﺿـﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
I live in New York City.
ﻟﻘـﺪ ﺃﻭ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
James has
The rain has
ﺍﳌﺎﺿـﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
I live in New York City.
ﻓﻴ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻬﺎ
ﻟﻘـﺪ ﺃﻭ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
(I have/I've) been
(I have/I've) been
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
James has/James's) not finished his homework yet
The rain has not stopped.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿـﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
I live in New York City.
ﻓﻴ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
(I have/I've) been
(I have/I've) been
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
/James's) not finished his homework yet
t stopped.
ﺎﻫﺎﺃ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﺍﳌﺎﺿـﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
I live in New York City.
ﻓﻴ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) been in France for six months.
ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
.
ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
.
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
.
/James's) not finished his homework yet
t stopped.
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺎﻫﺎﺃ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
I live in New York City.
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﻓﻴ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
France.
France for six months.
ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
٩
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
/James's) not finished his homework yet
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﻫﻮ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City.
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﺪﻳﻨﺔ
.
ﻣﺎﺯﻟ
ﺖ
ﺃ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
France for six months.
ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
(I have/I've) been to France.
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺘﻬﻲ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
/James's) not finished his homework yet
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
.
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻻ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﰲ
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﺪﻳﻨﺔ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ
:
France for six months.
to France
ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ
ﻭﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
(I have/I've) been to France.
ﲡﺮﺑﺔ
(I have/I've) walked on the moon. ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﺇﳒﺎﺯ
ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺘﻬﻲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
.
/James's) not finished his homework yet.
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
.
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﻫﻮ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺖ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﰲ
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﺪﻳﻨﺔ
(I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
:
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
to France
in France
ﻭﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﰲ
.
ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻳﻨ ﱂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺘﻬﻲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
.
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺖ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻣ ﰲ
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﺪﻳﻨﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
in France
(
ﻭﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﻟﻘﺪ
(
ﻳﻨ ﱂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﱂ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺸﺖ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
-
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
٥
(
٦
(
-
-
63.
I work
(I have
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
(I
(He
ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ
I work for
I have/I've)
ﺍ ﻫﻮ
ﺑﺘﺪﺃ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
Subject + + been
since , for
I have/I'
(He has/He'
ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
for that company
I've) worked
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺗﺎﻡ
(
ﺍ ﻫﻮ
Present
:
Subject + + been
since , for
I've) been
/He's) been
ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
company
worked for that
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
)
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
Present Perfect
Subject + + been
ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ
ﳘﺎ
since , for
been living
been watching
ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ
has
have
company.
for that company
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ
،
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﺍﻵﻥ
Perfect Progressive
Subject + + been
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ
living in Moscow
watching the
ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
.
ﻭﳚﺐ
ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ
since
١٠
.
company
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ
(
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
Progressive
Subject + + been + Verb
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
in Moscow since
the TV for
ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
since ﻣﻨﺬ , for
.
.
company since October.
ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
Progressive
+ Verb-
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
since I graduated
for an hour
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
, for ﳌﺪﺓ
+
-ing
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
-ing
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
:
.
since October.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
(
ﰲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ
)
ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ
/
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
-ing + Object
ﺎﺿﺮ
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﲣﺮﺟﺖ ﻥ
.
graduated.
an hour .ﺳﺎﻋﺔ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
.
since October.
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺔ
)
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
/
:
+ Object
ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺍﳊ
ﺎﺿﺮ
ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮ ﰲ
ﻣﻨﺬ
ﺃ
ﲣﺮﺟﺖ ﻥ
.
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
:
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﳉ ﰲ
ﻤ
ﻠ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺔ
ﰲ
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
+ Object
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻮ
(
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
:
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
-
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
-
-
-
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻫﻮ
١
(
-
64.
(I have
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
(James has
ﺣﱴ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ
(I have
lately
.
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
Recently
Mary has been feeling depressed
ﻓﻬـﺬﺍ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
I have/I've) been writing a letter
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
James has
ﺖ
ﺍ
ﺣﱴ ﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ
I have/I've)
recently
ﻭ
lately
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
Recently
Mary has been feeling depressed
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ
ﻓﻬـﺬﺍ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ
I've) been writing a letter
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
James has/James's)
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ
ﺖ
/I've) been studying Italian
recently
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
Recently, (I have/I've) been feeling tired.
Mary has been feeling depressed
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻟ
ﺖ
ﺃ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ
I've) been writing a letter
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
/James's) been teaching
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ
been studying Italian
ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﻣﻊ
recently
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
, (I have/I've) been feeling tired.
Mary has been feeling depressed
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ
ﻭﻣﺎﺯ
ﻟ
I've) been writing a letter
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
been teaching
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ
been studying Italian
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ
.
ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
, (I have/I've) been feeling tired.
Mary has been feeling depressed
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺎﺿﺮ
،
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ
State Verbs
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
١١
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ
I've) been writing a letter for two days
ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ
.(
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
been teaching at the u
ﺑﺪﺃ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺕ
ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ
been studying Italian since
ﺄﰐ
ﻣﻊ
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
, (I have/I've) been feeling tired.
Mary has been feeling depressed.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
State Verbs
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺖﺃﻣﻀﻴ
ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ
two days
ﺷﻬﺮ
)
ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ
/
ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ
at the university
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ
.
ﺑﺪﺃ ﻟﻘﺪ
since I was ten years old.
ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺃ
ﻻ ﻥ
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
(She has/She's) been watching too much television
, (I have/I've) been feeling tired.
.
ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺎﺿﺮ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
State Verbs
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻳﻮﻣﲔ
.
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺖﺃﻣﻀﻴ
two days.
ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
ﻣﻨﺬ
ﺷﻬﺮ
niversity since
ﻣﻨﺬ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺳﻦ
I was ten years old.
ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻲ
ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ
.
(She has/She's) been watching too much television lately
.ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
ﺗﺸﻌﺮ
ﺑﺎﻻ
ﻛﺘﺌﺎﺏ
.
ﺍﳊ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
.
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻳﻮﻣﲔ
ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ
since June.
ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﻨﺬ
I was ten years old.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻲ
lately.
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺗﺸﻌﺮ
ﺍﳊ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻛﺘﺐ
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ
June.
ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻣﺎﺭﻱ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺍﳊ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
-
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
٢
(
-
-
-
65.
١٢
-
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﻳ ﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺴ
ﺘ
ﰲﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺨﺪﻡ
،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
،
ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﻗ
ﺑﲔ ﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ
ﺔ
:
ﺖﻛﺘﺒ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻗﺼﺔ
.
ﺍﻧﺘﻬ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺖﻴ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬ ﻣﻦ
ﺎ
ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ
(I have/I've) written the story of my life.
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ ﱂ
(I have/I've) been writing the story of my life.
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﱂ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ
(I have/I've) been reading the book.
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
.
ﺖﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ
(I have/I've) read the book.
-
ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺑﲔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺛﺮ
،ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟـﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﲑﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ
.
ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
:
ﺷﻄﲑﺗﻚ
ﺖﺃﻛﻠ ﻟﻘﺪ
.
ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﱂ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ
ﺍ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺘﻤﻞ
ﻫﻨﺎ
(I have/I've) eaten your sandwich.
ﺷﻄﲑﺗﻚ ﺁﻛﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ
.
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺑﻘﻲ
(I have/I've) been eating your sandwich.
ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺕﺑﺪﺃ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺖﻭﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ
ﻓ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ
ﺎﻷﺳـﺒﻮﻉ
ﱂ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ
(I have/I've) been playing a lot of football this week.
ﺖﻟﻌﺒ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ
ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
(I have/I've) played a lot of football this week.
66.
١٣
-
ﺃﺣ
ﻴ
ﹰﺎﺎﻧ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺻﻒﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺩﺍﺋﻢ
ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻟﻮﺻـﻒ
ﻣﺆﻗﺖ
.
ﺳﻨﲔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ
ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻘﺪ
.
ﺩﺍﺋﻢ
،
ﺖﻣﺎﺯﻟ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
(I have/I've) lived in Cairo for ten years.
ﺃﻧ
ﺎ
ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
.
ﺳﺄﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﹰﺎﻗﺮﻳﺒ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺯﻟﺖ ،ﻣﺆﻗﺖ
(I have/I've) been living in Cairo for two days.
-
ﻧ
ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
since , for
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
.
ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
Conversation
:
A. What are doing now?
B. I am teaching.
A. When have you been teaching since?
B. I have been teaching since three hours.
ﺃ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
؟
ﺏ
.
ﹸ
ﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺩ
ﺭ
ﺱ
.
ﺃ
.
ﻣﱴ ﻣﻨﺬ
ﻭﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗ
ﺪ
ﺭ
ﺱ
؟
ﺏ
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺱ
ﺭﺩﹸ
ﺃ
ﻣﻨﺬ
ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ
.
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ
-
ﻓﺘ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﺮﺓ
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ
since , for
.
I am playing football for an hour. ﺧﻄﺄ
I have been playing football for an hour. ﺻﺢ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
67.
١٤
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
Past Simple
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔﻟﻪ
:
Subject + Verb.2 + Object
I worked in Germany. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻋﻤﻠ
ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ
.
We went to the cinema yesterday. ﳓﻦ
ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
went
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
go
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻷﻥ
go
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
Irregular Verbs
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
go - went - gone
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
١
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ
.
I saw a movie yesterday. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﺭﺃﻳ
ﹰﺎﻓﻴﻠﻤ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻲ
٢
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
.
ﻭ
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻣﻊ
:
yesterday ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ , from - to , for - , all day ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ , all year ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ,
last week ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ , last - , one year ago ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻀﺖ ,
that day ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ , at that moment ﰲ
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ , …
ﺖﻋﻤﻠ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﰲ
ﻣﻦ
١٩٩٠
ﺇﱃ
١٩٩٥
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
I worked in Canada from 1990 to 1995.
ﻫﻮ
ﻋ
ﺎﺵ
ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﰲ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ
.
ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻵﻥ
He lived in Brazil for two years.
٢
(
ا
Past Tense
:
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
68.
١٥
They sat atthe beach all day. .ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
٣
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻴﺃ
ﺖﻭﲤﺸﻴ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺕﻭﻭﺟﺪ
ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻣﻜﺎﻧ
.
I finished my work, walked to the beach, and found a nice place to
swim.
٤
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ
Conditional Clauses
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
-
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
.
ﺑـﲔ ﻗـﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ
:
ﻟ
ﺴﻛ ﻘﺪ
ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺮ
.
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﹰﺍﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ
(He has/He's) broken her leg.
ﺴﻛ ﻫﻮ
ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ
.
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ
He broke her leg at four o'clock.
-
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻦ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬ ﻭﻗﺖ
ﰲ ﻰ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳚﺐ
ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ
:
yesterday ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ , from - to , for - , all day ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ , all year ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ,
last week ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ , last - , one year ago ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻀﺖ ,
that day ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ , at that moment ﰲ
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ , …
(He has/He's) left last year. ﺧﻄﺄ
He left last year. ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻮ
(
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
69.
١٦
(He has/He's) comeback yesterday. ﺧﻄﺄ
He came back yesterday. ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ
(
-
ﻧ
ﹰﺎﺣﺪﻳﺜ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
:
Have you just had breakfast? ﻟﺘﻮﻙ؟ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ
Did you have breakfast this morning? ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ؟ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
Past Progressive
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
Subject + + Verb-ing + Object
-
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻻ
ﺗﺄﰐ
ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺇﻻ
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
when , while
،
ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻓ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺐ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
I was watching the TV when she cried. .ﺖﺻﺮﺧ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺳﺮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ
.
While John was sleeping last night, someone stole his car.
I was living in Argentina last year.
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺃﻋﻴﺶ
ﰲ
ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ
.
١
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﰒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ
،
ﻭﳚـﺐ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ
when , while
.
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
-ing
was
were
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
70.
١٧
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ
ﺍﻷ
ﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
ﺕﺑﺪﺃ ،
ﲤﻄﺮ
.
ﻫﻄـﻮﻝﻭﻫـﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﰒ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
While I was waiting for the bus, it started raining.
ﺃﻭ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ
ﺍﻷ
ﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﺕﺑﺪﺃ
ﲤﻄﺮ
.
I was waiting for the bus while it started raining.
٢
(
ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﰲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﰲ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
.
I was playing basketball last hour.
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ
.
٣
(
ﻋﻤﻠ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲔ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﳛﺪﺛﺎﻥ
،
ﻭﳚﺐ
ﻮﻳﺘﻜ ﺃﻥ
ﲨﻠـﺘﲔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻥ
ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ
while
،
ﻭﳚﺐ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌ
ﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
.
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ
ﺪﻳﻌ
.
I was studying while Carlos was making dinner.
ﺃﻭ
While I was studying, Carlos was making dinner.
٤
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻣ
،ﺩﺍﺋـﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺘﻜﺮﺭ
ﺍﳉﻤـﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﻭﻳـﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒـ
ﻣـﻊ
:
always , constantly
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
I was waiting for the
bus.
It started raining.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Carlos was making dinner.
I was studying.
71.
She was
I did
(Ihave
I was thinking.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ
after , before , when
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
She was
I did not like them because they were
I have/I've)
I was thinking.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ
after , before , when
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
He wanted a car.
She was always
t like them because they were
/I've) been thinking
I was thinking.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ
Subject + had +
after , before , when
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
He wanted a car.
coming to class late.
t like them because they were
been thinking
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ
Subject + had +
:
after , before , when
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
He wanted a car.
coming to class late.
t like them because they were
been thinking.
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﱂ
ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺍﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻭ
Subject + had +
ﺭﺍﺑـﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﻣﺜـﻞ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
State Verbs
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
He wanted a car.
١٨
coming to class late.
t like them because they were constantly
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﱂ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ
.
Past Perfect
:
Subject + had + Verb
ﺭﺍﺑـﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
State Verbs
He wanted a car.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
.ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ
.
constantly
ﺃﻓﻜﺮ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
(
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﱂ
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
Past Perfect
Verb.3 +
ﺭﺍﺑـﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
State Verbs
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
.
He wanted a car. .ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ
ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻢﻷ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ
constantly complaining.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
:
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺃﻓﻜﺮ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
(
ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
+ Object
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺇﻻ
ﺭﺍﺑـﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ
.
:
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ .
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻢﻷ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
complaining.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
)
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
(
ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ
/
:
Object
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ
until
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ
:
.ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺖﻛﺎﻧ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻲ
ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻢﻷ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
complaining.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
)
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻻ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
until
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ
-
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
-
-
-
-
-
72.
١٩
ﻫﻮ
ﻛﺘﺐ
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲬﺲ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﲡﻴﺒﻪ
.
(Hehad/He'd) written five letters before she answered him.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﳓﻦ
ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ
ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ
.
We went on a walk after (we had/we'd) finished dinner.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ
ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ
.
When the play had finished, the audience left.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ
A
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
.
١
(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
B
ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ
Completed Action Before Something in Past
.
ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ
ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
.
The audience left when the play had finished.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ
ﺖ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
B
ﺃﻱ
ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ
ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
The play
finished.
The
audience
left.
73.
٢٠
٢
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﳏﺪﺩﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻣﻊ
:
after , before , when , as soon as
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺕﺯﺭ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ
١٩٨٨
.
(I had/I'd) visited the U.S. once before in 1988.
ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ
١٤
)
ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ
/
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ
(
ﻓﻴﻐﺎﺱ ﻻﺱ ﻛﺎﺯﻳﻨﻮ ﰲ
.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ
ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ
.
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺧﺮ
ﺩﺍ
ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻣﺒﻠﻐ
.
ﻳﻨﻔـﻖ ﻣﺎ ﹰﺍﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻮ
،
ﻭﱂ
ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ
ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﹰﺍﺃﺧﲑ
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺑﺎﻉ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﻭﻣﻌﻪ
١٤٥.٠٠٠
ﺟﻴﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ
...
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ
.
It was afternoon on 14 January in Las Vegas casino. At one of the
tables was Joseph. For three years Joseph had saved every penny. He
had rarely gone out and he hadn't spent anything on his house.
Finally, he had sold the house and with 145,000 in his pocket…
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺎﻷ
١٤
ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ
)
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ
(
.
٣
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ
Conditional Clauses
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
Past Perfect Progressive
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
Subject + had + been + Verb-ing + Object
-
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ
.
-
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﻣﺜـﻞ
:
after , before , when
ﹰﺎﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
until
،
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻓ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺐ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ
ﻣﺎﺿـﻲ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
.
-
ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ
ﳘﺎ
:
since , for
.
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
-ing
74.
٢١
ﻫﻲ
ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ
ﺃﻥﻗﺒﻞ
ﺗﻮﻗﻔ
ﺖ
.
(She had/She'd) been talking for half an hour before she stopped.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺭﻳﺪ
ﺱ
ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ
.
He left to China after (he had/he'd) been teaching at the university for
more than a year.
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ
A
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
.
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ
A
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
.
١
(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﰒ
ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
،
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
A
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ
B
.
ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺃﻥ
ﺣﺼﻠ
ﺖ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
(She had/She'd) been studying English for two years before she got
the job.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻲ
ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ
.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
B
ﺃ ﺃﻱ
ﺎ
ﺖﺍﻧﺘﻬ
ﺖﺣﺼـﻠ ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ
.
٢
(
ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ ﳊﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
.
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﺗﻌﺒ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻷﻧﻪ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
.
John was tired because (he had/he'd) been working.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
She got the
job.
two years
She studies
English
75.
ﻋﻠﻰ
for three years
(Theyhad
(They had
ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺗﻮﱐ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
I
I
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
ﻋﻠﻰ
for three years
They had
They had
ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﻫﻢ
ﺗﻮﱐ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
.
I will see a movie
I will see a movie
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
for three years
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ
:
They had/They'd)
They had/They'd)
ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
(
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰒ
ﻫﻢ
when , while , before , after
see a movie
see a movie
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
for five days
ﺃﻭ
for three years
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ
/They'd) not met an American
/They'd) been talking for an hour
ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﱂ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
)
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰒ
when , while , before , after
see a movie when
see a movie when
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ
for five days
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
not met an American
been talking for an hour
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﻫﻢ
ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﱂ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
)
ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
when , while , before , after
I will finish
I finish
State Verbs
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
٢٢
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻣﺜﻞ
for five days
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
.
not met an American
ﻮﱐ
.
been talking for an hour
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
،ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ
ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
when , while , before , after
finish my homework.
my homework.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
State Verbs
ﺣﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
.
not met an American until
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺃﻥ
ﻭﺻﻞ
ﻃ
ﻮﱐ
been talking for an hour before
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
،ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
ﺗﻮﱐ
.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻞ
ﺑﻌﺪ
my homework.
my homework.
Future Tense
:
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
State Verbs
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺣﺪﺙ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ
for two hours
ﰒ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺣﱴ
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
until they met John.
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ
ﻗﺒﻞ
before Tony arrived.
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺗﺎﻡ
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
،ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻱ
ﻭﺻﻮﻝ
ﺗﻮﱐ
ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻞ
my homework.
my homework.
Future Tense
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
for two hours
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﱂ ﻫﻢ
ﺣﱴ
they met John.
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ
Tony arrived.
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
)
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻫﻢ ﺃﻱ
،ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻱ
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ
ا
Future Tense
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺃ
ﺃﻭ
for two hours
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﱂ ﻫﻢ
they met John.
ﻫﻢ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ
Tony arrived.
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ
ﻫﻢ ﺃﻱ
ﻫﻢ
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻱ
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
٣
(
ا
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
-
-
-
٣
-
-
76.
United State
(I
(I
It is
Ah,that
United State
I will/I'll
(I will/I'll
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
It is eleven
Ah, that
You will
United States team
ll) leave tomorrow
ll) phone you tomorrow.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
eleven o'clock. Norma
Ah, that will be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
He will
You will
That will
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
:
team will
leave tomorrow
phone you tomorrow.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
.
ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
o'clock. Norma
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
He will
He'll , She will
You'll , They will
That will
ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
win.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ
.
leave tomorrow.
phone you tomorrow.
ﻣﺮﺟﺢ
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ
o'clock. Norma will
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
.
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'll , She will
You'll , They will
I will
That will
That'll , This will
٢٣
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻔﻌﻞ
.
ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
prediciton
.
.
intention
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ
phone you tomorrow.
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﺮﺟﺢ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ
.
ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ
be in bed by now.
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'll , She will
You'll , They will
I will
I'll
That'll , This will
ﻛ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻔﻌﻞ
ﹰﻼﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
rediciton
ﻳﻔﻮﺯ
/
ﺳ
ﻴﻔﻮﺯ
(
.
ﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ
intention
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺑﻚ
.
ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ
in bed by now.
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'll , It will
They'll , We will
I'll
That'll , This will
will
:
will
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛ
ﹰﻼﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﻳﻔﻮﺯ
decision
ﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
(
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ
.
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺑﻚ ﺄﺗﺼﻞ
(
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ
ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
in bed by now.
ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'll , It will
They'll , We will
This'll
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ
will
ﹰﻼﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
decision
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ
/
ﺳ
ﺄ
ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
ﺃﺗﺼﻞ
/
ﺳ
ﺄﺗﺼﻞ
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺎﺇ
ﺓ
.
ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'll , It will
It'll
They'll , We will
We'll
This'll
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ
(
ﻟ
ﹰﻼﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
(
ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
(
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺎﺇ
،ﺁﻩ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
-
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
We'll
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
-
77.
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
She isa good girl. She
(I
I will study w
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻭﻻ
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
.
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
She is a good girl. She
.
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
.
I would/I'
I will study w
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻭﻻ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
it
(
He would
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
She is a good girl. She
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
/I'd) study well.
I will study well.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﻭﻻ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
He would
You would
ﹰﺎﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻ
ﰲ
She is a good girl. She will
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
:
udy well.
ell.
ﱂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
) :
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
He'd , She would
You would
We would
present habit
ﹰﺎﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
،
will play quietly for hours.
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ
will
udy well.
ell.
ﻳﺪﻝ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﱂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'd , She would
You'd , They would
We would
٢٤
resent habit
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
play quietly for hours.
Conditional Clauses
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﻭ ،ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ
ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻔﻌﻞ
.
ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
.
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ
ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻡﻋﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ
would
ﻳﺪﻝ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'd , She would
She'd , It would
You'd , They would
We'd , I would
ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺪﻭﺀ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺎﺇ
.
play quietly for hours.
Conditional Clauses
:
ﻭ ،ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻔﻌﻞ
intention
.
.
ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻡﻋﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ
.
ﹰﺎﻋﺰﻣ ﺃﻗﻞ
would + have
ﺗ
ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺪﺭﺱ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
You'd , They would
We'd , I would
ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺪﻭﺀ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺎﺇ
play quietly for hours.
Conditional Clauses
/
would
:
would
ﻭ ،ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ
would
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻗﺼﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻴﺔ
ntention
ﺄﺩﺭﺱ
(
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﺄﺩﺭﺱ
(
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
have + V
unreal past
.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
You'd , They would
They'd ,
We'd , I would
I'd
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﺎﺇ
.
ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺪﻭﺀ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺎﺇ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ
Conditional Clauses
ًﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
would
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ
would
ﻋﻦ ﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﺰﻡ
ﻗﺼﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﺩﺭﺱ
/
ﺳ
ﺄﺩﺭﺱ
ﺃﺩﺭﺱ
/
ﺳ
ﺄﺩﺭﺱ
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
V.3
ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ
unreal past
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
It'd
They'd ,
(
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ
ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﺎﺇ
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ
(
ﻟ
ﻋﻦ ﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
(
ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ
-
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
It'd )
ﻧﺎﺩﺭ
(
٤
(
٥
(
-
-
١
(
٢
(
-
78.
٢٥
ﻋ ﻟﻮ
ﺖﺸ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ
ﺳﺘ
ﺴ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻄﻴﻊ
.
If you had lived in the 19th
century, (you would/you'd) not have
driven a car.
٣
(
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
willingness
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
.
What would you drink? ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪ
ﺃﻥ
ﺗﺸﺮﺏ
؟
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
What will you drink? ﺗﺸﺮﺏ؟ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
ﹰﺎﺬﻳﺒ ﺃﻗﻞ
٤
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
refusal
ﰲ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
.
ﺟﺎﻙ
ﻟﻦ
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻠﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ
.
ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻓﺾ
Jack would not help you, even if you begged him.
٥
(
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﰲ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
past habit
ﹰﺎﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻ
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻕ
ﺑـﲔ
used to
ﻭﺑﲔ
would
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
would
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﰲ
ﺍ
ﻏﲑ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﺼﺺ
.
ﻳﺘﺰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻭ
ﺳﻴﻤﻮﻥ ،ﺟﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ
.
ﰒ
ﻛﺎﻧ
ﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﻨﺘـﺰﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ
،
ﻭﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﻄﻌﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
Before they get married, Simon would wait Susan every evening
after work. Then they would go to the park, and Susan would feed
the ducks on the lake.
٦
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ
Future in the Past
ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
٧
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ
Conditional Clauses
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
79.
The bell isringing.
Subject +
The bell is ringing.
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am going to go to shop.
I am going to go shopping.
I am going to go to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am gonna go to cinema.
Subject +
The bell is ringing.
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am going to go to shop.
I am going to go shopping.
I am going to go to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am gonna go to cinema.
Subject + +
near future
.
The bell is ringing. I am going to
am
is
are
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am going to go to shop.
I am going to go shopping.
I am going to go to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am gonna go to cinema.
+ going to
near future
am going to
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am going to go to shop.
I am going to go shopping.
I am going to go to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
will
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
I am gonna go to cinema.
٢٦
going to +
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
near future
am going to open the door.
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
I am going to go to shop.
I am going to go shopping.
I am going to go to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema.
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
will
gonna
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
I am gonna go to cinema.
be going to
:
+ Verb
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺄﻓﺘﺢ
(
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ
.
open the door.
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
I am going to the cinema.
I am going to go the cinema. ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
.
I am going to go to shop.
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
I am going to go to the cinema.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
going to
ﺇﱃ
gonna
be going to
Verb.1 + Object
be going to
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺃﻓﺘﺢ
/
ﺳ
ﺄﻓﺘﺢ
open the door.
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ
:
I am going to the cinema. ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ
(
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
:
I am going to go to shop.
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
I am going to go to the cinema.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
be going to
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﳜﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
going to
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻟﺜ
/
be going to
:
+ Object
be going to
ﻳﺪﻕ
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
I am going to go to shop.
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
I am going to go to the cinema.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
be going to
ﳜﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
+ Object
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
be going to
ﺍﳉﺮﺱ
ﻳﺪﻕ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
-
ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ
-
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
I am going to go to shop. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
I am going to go to the cinema. ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺻﺢ
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
-
ﳜﺘﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
-
-
-
-
-
80.
٢٧
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Future Simple
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔﻟﻪ
:
Subject + will + Verb.1 + Object
(I will/I'll) go to the school tomorrow. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﻮﻑ
)
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
/
ﺳ
ﺄﺫﻫﺐ
(
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ
.
John will be here. ﺟﻮﻥ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
/
ﺳ
ﻴﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﳔﺘﺼﺮ ﱂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
John will
ﺇﱃ
John 'll
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻷﻥ
ﺟﻮﻥ
John
ﺿـﻤﲑ ﻟـﻴﺲ
ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ
.
١
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ
ﺳ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻴﺘﻢ
.
(He will/He'll) talk to you. ﻫﻮ
)
ﻳﻜﻠﻤ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﻚ
/
ﺳﻴﻜ
ﻠ
ﻤ
ﻚ
.(
ﹰﺎﺧﺎﻣﺴ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Future Progressive
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
Subject + will be + Verb-ing + Object
-
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻻ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ
ﺇﻻ
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
when , while
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻓ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺐ
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
-ing
81.
(They
(He
ﻭﳚﺐ
(I will
(I
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
They will
He will/He'
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺗﺎﻡ
،
ﻭﳚﺐ
I will/I'll)
(I will/I'll) be
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
will/They'
He'll) be
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
I'll) be waiting for you
I'll) be waiting for you at
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
They'll) be waiting.
be sleeping.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ
be waiting for you
waiting for you at
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
waiting.
sleeping.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
.
be waiting for you when
waiting for you at
State Verbs
ﰲ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
٢٨
waiting.
sleeping.
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻘﻄﻌﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ
when , while
.
ﻳﺼﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
when the
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
.
waiting for you at 9 o'clock
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
State Verbs
waiting. ﻈﺮﻳﻦ
.
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻘﻄﻌﻪ
when , while
ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﺼﻞ
the bus arrives
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
.
ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
clock.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
I will be
The bus arrives
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
State Verbs
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ
(
ﻣﻨ
ﺘ
ﻈﺮﻳﻦ
(
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ
.
ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭﺳﻴ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻘﻄﻌﻪ
when , while
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
(
ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ
bus arrives.
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﰲ
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
(
ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
be waiting for you.
The bus arrives
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ
.
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
/
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﺍﳌ ﰲ ﻴﺠﺮﻱ
ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ
when , while
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
for you.
The bus arrives.
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ
ﻫﻢ
)
ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﻫﻮ
)
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻣﺎ
ﺳ
ﺍﳌ ﰲ ﻴﺠﺮﻱ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
(
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ
-
ﻫﻢ
ﻫﻮ
١
(
٢
(
-
-
82.
٢٩
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺩﺳ
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Future Perfect
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔﻟﻪ
:
Subject + will have + Verb.3 + Object
-
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻻ
ﺗﺄﰐ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺇﻻ
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﻣﺜـﻞ
after , before , when
ﹰﺎﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
by -
،
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ
ﻓ
ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﺐ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺣﺎﺿـﺮ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
.
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ
ﺳﻴﻜﻮ
ﻗﺪ ﻥ
ﺃﺭﺟﻊ
ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺃ
ﺧﺬﻩ
.
The Post Office will have returned the package before I can take.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﱵ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
.
I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ
A
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
.
١
(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ
B
ﺍﳌ ﰲ
ﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ،
ﺳـﻴ
ﻨﺘﻬ
ﻲ
ﻗﺒـﻞ
ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Completed Action Before Something in Future
.
ﺖﻧﻈﻔ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
(She will/She'll) have cleaned the house after he gets it.
ﺃﻭ
After he gets house, (she will/she'll) have cleaned it.
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
83.
(I will
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
I will/I'll)
Subject + will been have
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
By this time tomorrow
/I'll) have
Future Perfect
:
Subject + will been have
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
By this time tomorrow
have slept at
Future Perfect
Subject + will been have
م# ا $%و
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
By this time tomorrow
t 8 o'clock
Future Perfect Progressive
Subject + will been have
م# ا $%و
ﺧﻼﻝ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
By this time tomorrow, (we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
٣٠
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
.
o'clock.
Progressive
Subject + will been have + Verb
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ
ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻨﻜﻮﻥ
.
(we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
Progressive
+ Verb
+
-ing
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
He will
the house.
I will be
sleeping.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻨﻜﻮﻥ
(we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
+ Verb-ing + Object
ﻓﻌﻞ
+
will get
the house.
She will
have
cleaned
the house
8 o'clock.
I will be
sleeping.
by-
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ
،
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻨﻜﻮﻥ
(we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ
ﺖﳕ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﰲ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺑﻌ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
+ Object
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
She will
have
cleaned
the house
o'clock.
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ
-
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ
(we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺖﳕ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
+ Object
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
-
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ
(we will/we'll) have had the meeting.
٢
(
-
-
84.
٣١
-
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ
.
-
ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺩ
ﻣﺜﻞ
after , before , when
ﹰﺎﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
by -
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،
ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
.
-
ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻻ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﳘـﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
since , for
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺎﻃﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ
.
I will have been working for two hours when her plane arrives.
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ
A
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
B
.
١
(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺳﻴ
ﰲ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭ
ﺳﻴ
ﰒ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺳﻴ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺒﺪﺃ
B
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭ ،
ﺳـﻴ
ﻨﺘﻬﻰ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
B
.
ﺳ ﻫﻲ
ﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ
ﺖ
ﹸ
ﺃ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﰲ
ﺖﻏﻠﻘ
ﹰﺎﺎﺋﻴ
She is going to have been working at that company for three years
when it finally closes.
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﻫﻮ
ﺖﻋﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ
ﻭ
ﺳﻴ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
A
ﺳﻴ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻨﺘﻬﻰ
B
ﺎﺃ ﺃﻱ
ﺳﺘ
ﻨﺘﻬ
ﻲ
ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺗﻐﻠﻖ
.
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
ﻳﺼﻞ
ﺗﻮﱐ ﻓﻴﻪ
.
They will have been talking for an hour by the time Tony arrives.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﺼﻞ
ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﱐ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ
.
٢
(
ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ ﳊﺪﺙ
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
.
ﻟﻐﺔ
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﺗﺎﻣﺔ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﺭﺱ ﻷﻧﻪ
.
George's English will be perfect when he leaves because he will have
been studying English in the United States for two years.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
85.
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
for
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺘﲔ ﺑـﲔﻗﺎﺭﻥ
I will have
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬـﺲ
ﺃﻣﺎ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺳـﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
for five days
ﺃﻭ
for
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺘﲔ ﺑـﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
I will have
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬـﺲ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
،
ﺃﻣﺎ
ﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭ
ﺳﻴ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺳـﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I will be reading when my roommate returns.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
for five days
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺘﲔ ﺑـﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
I will have read
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬـﺲ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﺳﻴ
ﺍﳌ ﰲ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﺴ
ﺘ
ﻘﺒﻞ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
will be reading when my roommate returns.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
for five days
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
five pages
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺳﻴ
ﺃﻱ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
will be reading when my roommate returns.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﺄﺗﻰ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺤﺪﺙ
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
five pages when my roommate returns
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻴﺒﺪﺃ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
will be reading when my roommate returns.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻌ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ
ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺃ
ﻳ
ﺄﺗﻰ
State Verbs
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ
٣٢
ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺤﺪﺙ
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
for two hours
ﰒ
ﺳﻴ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
when my roommate returns
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺳ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻴﺒﺪﺃ
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
will be reading when my roommate returns.
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻌ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺃ
State Verbs
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
ﺳﻴ
ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺤﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭ
ﺳﻴ
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
for two hours
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
when my roommate returns
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺳ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ
(
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
will be reading when my roommate returns.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﻗﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺃ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
State Verbs
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺳﻴ
ﰲ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻭ
for two hours
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
when my roommate returns
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺗﺎﻡ
(
ﺳ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ
ﻨ
ﺘﻬ
ﻲ
ﰒ
ﺳﻴ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺒﺪﺃ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
:
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻌ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
ﺳﻴ
ﰲ ﺒﺪﺃ
three years
ﺃﻭ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﲬﺲ
when my roommate returns.
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
)
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
)
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳ
ﻴ
ﻨ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻌ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ
three years
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ
:
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺕﻗﺮﺃ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns.
ﰲ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﻌﻮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻌ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ
I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns.
ﰲ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
-
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ ﰲ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
-
-
-
-
86.
٣٣
-
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺖﺃﻧﺎ
،
ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﺄﺳﺎﻓﺮ
،
...
ﺇﱁ
.
-
ﻟﻪ
ﻫﻢ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
:
Subject + would + Verb.1 + Object
Subject + + going to + Verb.1 + Object
Subject + + to + Verb.1 + Object
ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ
ﺍ ﻫﻲ
ﹰﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ
I was going to buy a car. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺳ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ
.
They would go to the cinema. ﻫﻢ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺳ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ
.
He was to become a president. ﻫﻮ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺳ
ﹰﺎﺭﺋﻴﺴ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ
.
١
(
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻭﺷﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺙ
ﳛ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺪﺙ
.
I would buy a car.
ﺖﻛﻨ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ
.
ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ
I was going to buy a car.
I was to buy a car
ا ' ا
Future in the Past
:
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
They will go to the cinema ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻗﺖ
was
were
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ
was
were
87.
٣٤
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) George hurt his head while he ……
A. ice skates.
B. ice skated.
C. was ice skating.
D. had ice skated.
2) Max …… for the CIA since 1992.
A. will work
B. is working
C. works
D. has been working
3) The last time I …… to Korea, I spent three weeks on Cheju Island.
A. went
B. was going
C. have gone
D. will go
4) Bob …… to Australia thirteen times.
A. goes
B. went
C. has been
D. had gone
5) Before Jack arrived, Jill …… up the hill.
A. is already going
B. has already gone
C. had already gone
D. None of all above.
6) It …… every day since I arrived here.
A. will rain
B. rains
C. rained
D. has rained
7) The fans …… when the game finally started.
A. will cheer
B. cheer
C. cheered
D. have cheered
88.
٣٥
8) By thetime Sam pays off his student loan, he …… eighty years old.
A. will be
B. is
C. was
D. has been
E. had been
9) By the time Bob gets back from the war, his daughter …… from school.
A. will graduate
B. graduates
C. will have graduated
D. graduated
E. has already graduated
10) Every time we …… to that restaurant, my stomach gets upset.
A. will go
B. go
C. went
D. have gone
11) The weatherman says ……
A. it would rain.
B. it will rain.
C. it will have rained.
D. it have rained.
12) Andrew …… the course on JavaScript programming.
A. had already taken
B. has already taken
C. took already
D. would have already taken
E. has been taking
13) Bill was just going to bed when his wife …… from work.
A. is going
B. is coming home
C. had come home
D. has been coming home
E. came home
14) I should …… my books to school yesterday.
A. brought
B. had brought
C. to bring
D. have brought
E. None of all above.
15) Harrison Ford is a famous actor. He …… in many popular movies.
A. has been appearing
B. has appeared
C. had appeared
D. appeared
89.
٣٦
16) I ……about you when I received your email.
A. was just thinking
B. just thought
C. have just been thinking
D. was just thought
17) I …… better start saving some money each month for my retirement.
A. have
B. would
C. had
D. will
18) My mother …… school for thirty years.
A. has taught
B. taught
C. had taught
D. was teaching
19) I …… that Jack is very fluent in Spanish.
A. will have heard
B. was hearing
C. have heard
D. am hearing
20) The bus was late. The passengers were angry because they …… for half an hour.
A. are waiting
B. were waiting
C. have been waiting
D. had been waiting
E. have waited
21) The soccer team …… a championship until last year, when they won first place.
A. has never won
B. is never wining
C. had been never wining
D. had never won
22) We have a cottage at Sylvan Lake. It …… in the family for thirty years.
A. was
B. has been
C. is
D. will be
23) The vegetables should be ready, they …… for at least twenty minutes.
A. are boiling
B. boiling
C. have been boiling
D. were boiling
90.
٣٧
24) You looktired. You …… too hard lately.
A. worked
B. work
C. were working
D. have been working
25) I underestimated how much time it …… to prepare for the TOEFL Exam.
A. would take
B. will take
C. took
D. will have taken
26) I …… at the new cafeteria and it was excellent.
A. have eaten
B. was eating
C. had eaten
D. did eat
27) I …… a cold since last Thursday.
A. have
B. had
C. have been having
D. have had
28) The homeless shelter …… a difference to people living on the street.
A. is making
B. has made
C. made
D. makes
29) Steven was upset. He …… his wallet, and could not find it.
A. has lost
B. had lost
C. was losing
D. was lost
30) Look at all this water, it …… very hard.
A. has rained
B. have been raining
C. rained
D. will rain
31) We …… the game at home.
A. will be watching
B. will watch
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
91.
٣٨
32) I ……to phone you all morning.
A. I have been trying
B. I have tried
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
33) The Australian swimmer …… the gold medal twice before.
A. has been wining
B. has won
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
34) I …… this new scooter. Do you like it?
A. have been bought
B. have been buying
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
35) I …… to this beach for years.
A. have come
B. have been coming
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
٣
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
hour
ﺍﳊﺮﻑ
h
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻻﻳﻠﻔﻆ
ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ
ﺍﳊ
ﺮﻑ
o
ﻓﺈﻥ
ﺍﳊ
ﺮﻑ
h
ﻻﻳﻠﻔﻆ
ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ ﻓـﺈﻥ
hour
ﻟﻔﻆﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
our
ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻑ
o
ﺻﻮﰐ ﺣﺮﻑ
،
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
an
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ
honest
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ
.
ﺃﻣﺎ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
university
ﺍﳊﺮﻑ
u
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻳﻠﻔﻆ
ﻳﻮ
.
ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺎﺕ ﻓﺒﻌﺾ
an umbrella
ﺍﳊ
ﺮﻑ
u
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺣﺮﻑ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﻔﻆ
a
.
-
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ
ﻭ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
.
We have a cat and a dog. ﳓﻦ
ﻭﻛﻠﺐ ﻗﻄﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ
.
-
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﳌﻬﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ
.
(I am/I'm) a teacher. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺪﺭﺱ
.
(She is/She's) an actress. ﳑﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
a few ﻗﻠﻴﻞ , a little ﻗﻠﻴﻞ , a lot ﻛﺜﲑ , a pair of ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ ,
a numbers of ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ , a hundreds of ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ , a quarter ﺭﺑﻊ ,
a half of ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ , a bit ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ , a couple of ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺝ , …
We invited a lot of guests to the party ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﳓﻦ
.
There is only a little milk left. ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻓﻘﻂ
.
-
ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﰲ
ﻟﻜﻞ،
per
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
once a day. OR once per day. ﻣﺮﺓ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ
.
twice a week. OR twice per week. ﻣﺮﺗﲔ
ﰲ
ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ
.
two hundred a month. OR two hundred per month. ﻣ
ﺌﺘﺎ
ﻥ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ
.
-
ﺑـ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
What
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
.
What a hole! !ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ !ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺮﺓ ﻳﺎ
-
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ
Abstract Nouns
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
-
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺗ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ
by
.
I went by a car.
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑ
ﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ
.
-
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺑﻌﺪ
no
.
I have no a pen. ﻗﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
.
I have no an idea. ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻟﺪﻱ
ﺃﺩﱏ
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ
.
95.
٤
-
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﲑﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
.
This is my a pen. ﻗﻠ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻤ
ﻲ
.
-
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ
ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ
ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ
ﻼﺕﻭﺍ
ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ
.
I had a lunch with John.
ﺖﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
ﻭﺟﺒﺔ
I bought a Cosmopolitan at a Paddington Station.
ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ
-
ﻻ
ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ
ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ
.
Water contains an oxygen. ﻋﻠﻰ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﲔ
.
−
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﻗﺒـﻞ
any- , some- , someone , anybody , …
ـﻷ
ﻢ
ﰲ
ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ
.
A Someone told me (that) you left. ﺭﺣﻠﺖ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
.
-
ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ
the
ﺑـ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
Definite Article
.
-
ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻳﻌﺮﻓ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻱ
ﻮ
ﻣﺎﳌ ﻥ
ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﻘﺼﻮﺩ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤـﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ
.
ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟ
ﻣﺎﺭﻛ ﺴﻮﺑﺮ
ﺖ
ﺳﻮﺑﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺖ
(I am/I'm) going to the supermarket.
ﻭﻛﻠﺐ ﻗﻄﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
.
ﺍﻟ
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻘﻄﺔ
ﺍﻟ
ﺟﺮﻭ ﻜﻠﺐ
.
We have a cat and a dog. The cat is old, but the dog is puppy.
-
ﳚﺐ
ﻓﻘـﻂ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
.
ﻣﺜـﻞ
:
ﻭﺍﳌﻠـﻚ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ
ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ
...
ﺇﱁ
.
The earth moves around the sun. ﺍﻷ
ﺭﺽ
ﺗﺪﻭﺭ
ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟ
ﺸﻤﺲ
.
The President. ﺍﻟ
ﺮﺋﻴﺲ
.
The Eiffel Tower. ﺍﻟ
ﺇﻳﻔﻞ ﱪﺝ
.
The North Pole. ﺍﻟ
ﻘﻄﺐ
ﺍﻟ
ﺸﻤﺎﱄ
.
ا أداة
the
:
96.
The
The
(The
(The
ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸـﺮﻁ
The
The
The
The
The
The
(I am/
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
I had
I bought
ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿـﻲ ﺗﻌـﲏ
The British Museum.
The Atlantic.
The) Brazili
The) elephant
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺭ
ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸـﺮﻁ
The Rockies.
The West Indies.
The Red Sea.
The Amazon.
The Amazon River.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
The First Winner.
(I am/I'm) reading
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
I had the
I bought
ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿـﻲ ﺗﻌـﲏ
British Museum.
Atlantic.
) Brazilians are very good
) elephant is the largest animal on land.
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺭ
Rockies.
West Indies.
Red Sea.
Amazon.
Amazon River.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
.
First Winner.
I'm) reading
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
the lunch with John
I bought the Cosmopolitan at
Nether
ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿـﻲ ﺗﻌـﲏ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ
.
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ
.
British Museum.
Atlantic.
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ
.
ans are very good
is the largest animal on land.
ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
ﻭ
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺭ
Rockies.
West Indies.
Red Sea.
Amazon.
Amazon River.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner.
I'm) reading the second book.
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
lunch with John
Cosmopolitan at
ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ
The U.S
Nether-lands
ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ
British Museum.
Atlantic.
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ
ans are very good
is the largest animal on land.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
Rockies.
West Indies.
Red Sea.
Amazon.
Amazon River.
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner.
second book.
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
lunch with John.
Cosmopolitan at the
The U.S. , The Netherlands
Holland
ﻭ ،
lands
ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ
٥
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
British Museum.
Atlantic.
ﺷﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ
ans are very good at football.
is the largest animal on land.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﲨﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻥ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner.
second book.
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
.
the Paddington Station.
ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
:
, The Netherlands
ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ
Holland
ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
British Museum.
Atlantic.
ﺷﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ
.
is the largest animal on land.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﺎﲰﲔ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﲨﻊ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻥ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner.
second book.
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
. ﻭﺟﺒﺔ
Paddington Station.
ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﳍﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
, The Netherlands
ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ
ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ
ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ﻷﻥ
ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻴﻬﺎ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
British Museum.
Atlantic.
ﺷﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻛ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﺎﲰﲔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﲨﻊ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﻥ
ﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻥ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﲰﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner.
second book. .
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
.
ﻭﺟﺒﺔ
Paddington Station.
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﳍﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
, The Netherlands
ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ
ﺳﻄﺢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ
ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ﻷﻥ
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
British Museum. ﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ
.
Atlantic. ـﻤﺤﻴﻂ
ﺍﻷ
ﻃﻠﺴﻲ
.
ﺷﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﱪﺍﺯﻳﻠﻴﻮﻥ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ
ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻔﻴﻞ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺎﲨﻌ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ
ﻛ
ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻛﻲ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ ﲨﻊ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺩ
.
ﺍﲰ
ﺎ
ﻥ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ
.
ﺍﲰ
ﺎ
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﻥ
.
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺮ
.
ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﲰﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
First Winner. ﻭﻝ
.
ﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﺍﻟ
ﺜﺎﱐ
.
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ـﻼﺕﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺎﺭﻭﺍﻷ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ
.
ﺖﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ
Paddington Station.
ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﳝﻜﻦ
Netherlands
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﲢﺖ
ﺳﻄﺢ
ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﳌ
ﺴﺮﺡ
ﺍﻟ
ﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ
ﺍﻟ
ـﻤﺤﻴﻂ
ﺷﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﺍﻟ
ﱪﺍﺯﻳﻠﻴﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟ
ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻔﻴﻞ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹰﺎﲨﻌ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ
ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻛﻲ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ
ﺍﳍﻨ
ﻮ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺩ
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ
.
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟ
ﻔﺎﺋﺰ
ﺍﻷ
ﻭﻝ
ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟ
ﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﻻ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳚﻮﺯ
ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺖﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
-
Netherlands
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
١٤
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
Nominative
:
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
:
١
(
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞﹰﻼﻓﺎﻋ
.
The boy broke the window. ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻛﺴﺮ
.
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﱪ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺔ
.
This man is my father. .ﺃﰊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﰊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
:
ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﺧﱪ ﺃﰊ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ،
:
ﺑـﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﰊ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
Object
:
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
:
١
(
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
The boy broke the window. ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
.
٢
(
ﺟﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ
.
Put your cup on the table. ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﻚ ﺿﻊ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
٣
(
ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
.
He came yesterday. ﺃﺗﻰ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
.
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻟﺜ
/
ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
)
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ
(
Possessive
:
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﰐ
:
١
(
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
X's Y
:
ﺃ
-
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
:
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
's
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
.
The girl's dress. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﺛﻮﺏ
.
ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﺛﻮﺏ
ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ
.
Shakespeare's plays. ﺷﻜﺴﺒﲑ ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺎﺕ
.
ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺎﺕ
ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ
ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﻭ
ﺷﻜﺴﺒﲑ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ
.
34ا اب 6إ ت49
Case of Nouns
:
106.
١٥
ﺏ
-
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
'
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑـﹰﺎﻣﺼﺎﻏ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻂ
-s
ﺃﻭ
-es
.
The girls' dresses. ﺍﻟﻔﺘ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ
ﻴﺎﺕ
.
The boys' books. ﻛﺘﺐ
ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ
.
ﺑـ ﻣﺼﺎﻍ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
-s
ﺃﻭ
-es
ﺑﺈﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ
's
ﺁﺧـﺮ ﰲ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
.
The men's room. ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
.
The children's teacher. ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ
.
٢
(
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ
Y of X
:
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺼﺎﻍ
of
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺑﲔ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
:
ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﲔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
Names of the engineers
ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
The leg of the table
107.
A cat's
The men
Thewomen
The beauty
X's Y
.
The table
The leg
Names of
My house is
These books are my sister
tail.
The men's room.
The women's society.
The beauty's queen.
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
X's Y
The table's leg.
eg of the table.
X's Y
.
of the engineer
My house is larger
e books are my sister
tail.
room.
society.
queen.
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
leg.
the table.
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
X's Y
engineers.
larger than Mark
e books are my sister
tail.
room.
society.
queen.
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
s. OR The e
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ
.
than Mark
e books are my sister's. (= my sister books)
١٦
tail.
room.
society.
queen.
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ
،
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
The engineer
ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ
than Mark's. (= Mark's house)
. (= my sister books)
X'
:
ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
.
tail.
room.
society.
ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺴﺪﺓﺍ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
.
ﺣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺪﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
،
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ngineers' names.
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
. (= Mark's house)
. (= my sister books)
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
X's Y
ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
room. ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
society. ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺴﺪﺓﺍ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
Y of X
:
ﺣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺪﻝ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
(
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
names.
ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﱰﱄ
.
. (= Mark's house)
. (= my sister books)
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﺫﻳﻞ
.
ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
.
ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ
.
ﺣﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ
ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺴﺪﺓﺍ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ
.
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
X
ﺗ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﺣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺪﻝ
)
ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
names.
ﰲ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﱰﱄ
ﻷﺧﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ
.
-
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
١
(
ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﺫﻳﻞ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ
٢
(
ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺴﺪﺓﺍ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ
-
ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
١
(
ﺗ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ
)
٢
(
ﻣﻊ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
-
ﰲ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﱰﱄ
ﻷﺧﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ
-
١
٢
-
١
٢
-
108.
١٧
- Questions (1-10);select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) Plural of spoonful is:
A. spoonfuls.
B. spoonsful.
C. spoonful.
D. spoons.
2) Plural of antenna is:
A. antennas.
B. antenns.
C. antenna.
D. antennes.
3) Plural of omen is:
A. omens.
B. omena.
C. omenas.
D. omen.
4) Plural of sheep is:
A. sheeps.
B. sheep.
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
5) Plural of standby is:
A. standby.
B. standbies.
C. standbys
D. standbyes.
6) Plural of fish is:
A. fish.
B. fishes.
C. All of above.
D. None of all above.
7) Noun of steal is:
A. steal.
B. stealing.
C. stealance.
D. steel.
E. None of all above.
109.
١٨
8) Noun ofaccept is:
A. accept.
B. acceptance.
C. accepting.
D. None all of above.
9) Noun of administrate is:
A. administrate.
B. administrating.
C. administrator.
D. None of all above.
10) Noun of collect is:
A. collect.
B. collecting.
C. collection.
D. None of all above.
- Questions (11-14); decide whether they are common, proper, abstract, or collective:
11) That holiday was the best.
A. Common.
B. Proper.
C. Abstract.
D. Collective.
12) He's obviously the leader of the gang.
A. Common.
B. Proper.
C. Abstract.
D. Collective.
13) Every winter we used to go to Scotland for the skiing.
A. Common.
B. Proper.
C. Abstract.
D. Collective.
14) Pauline is so weary of the life she leads.
A. Common.
B. Proper.
C. Abstract.
D. Collective
- Questions (15-21); decide if these statements about articles are (True) or (False):
15) An American man wants to make a business.
16) Water contains a hydrogen.
17) The earth is third planet from the sun.
18) I have just read news from the New York Times.
110.
١٩
19) We havea lots of wood.
20) I visited the Niagara.
21) He went to the college.
- Questions (22-38); choose the correct article (a, an, the, nothing):
22) She is … very nice girl.
23) Next month I'm going to go to … Paris to see … Eiffel Tower.
24) Wait, I have … idea.
25) That is … strangest thing I've ever seen.
26) Yesterday, I talked to … MTV Producer.
27) … Ukrainians are more intelligent than … Italians.
28) Have you ever taken … trip to … North Pole?
29) I'd like to be … President of … United States someday.
30) Who's … guy over there with a duck on his head?
31) I'm … happiest girl in town!
32) I like … cats better than … dogs.
33) We saw … Mr. Smith at … bank.
34) We made some delicious soup using … head of … cow!
35) It should take … hour.
36) Please put … gun on … table and listen to me!
37) This is … Europe car.
38) She had … one dollar note in her hand.
The
The witness kept
Sheis
The young
ﻭﻻ
I like my coffee
My sister keeps her room
I have nothing
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I have nothing not
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
There
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
The
The witness kept
ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ
The
She is smart
She
.
The young
the old
،
ﻭﻻ
I like my coffee
My sister keeps her room
her room
I have nothing
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I have nothing not
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
There is
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
The witness kept
ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
(
.
smart.
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
She
The young should look after
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ،
the old
I like my coffee black
My sister keeps her room
ﻭ
room
I have nothing good
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I have nothing is good
.
I have nothing not
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
I have
.
something
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
The witness kept silent.
ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ
ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
)
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
should look after
The young
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ،
black.
My sister keeps her room
my coffee
ﻭ
good.
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
I have nothing is good
I have nothing not good
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
I have nothing
something missing
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ
.
smell
،
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
(
.
.
kept
،
ﻫـﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ
ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
.
،
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ
should look after the old
The young
.
My sister keeps her room very
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ
coffee
.
nothing
.
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
I have nothing is good
good.
nothing
.
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
nothing is not good
missing in this room
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺗﺄﰐ
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ
٧
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
smell
ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
)
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
kept
keep
ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
is
،
ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
the old.
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،
The young
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
.
tidy.
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
nothing
I have nothing is good
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
nothing
is not good
in this room
take care
ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺗﺄﰐ
delicious
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
.
silent
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
kept
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
keep
.
smart
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،
ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
old
ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
:
I have nothing is good
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
:
is not good
in this room. ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ
.
take care
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
delicious
smell
ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
silent
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
kept
ﺎﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍ
.
.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
smart
the
ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻦ
.
young
ﻭ
old
ﻣﻜﺎ ﺼﺒﺢ
ﺎ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ
.
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺧﱵ
ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
ﻭ
tidy
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
. ﻟﻴﺲ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ
ﺗﻌﲏ
take care
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
smell
. ﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ
ﹰﺎﺻﺎﻣﺘ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
witness
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
be
ﺎﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
the
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
young
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
.
ﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺗ
ﻣﻜﺎ ﺼﺒﺢ
ﻗﻬﻮﰐ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺧﱵ
black
ﻭ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺟﻴﺪ
good
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻟﻴﺲ
good
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ
look after
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
soup
.
ﺑﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
witness
(
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
. ﺎﺇ
ﺫﻛﻴﺔ
.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
(
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
(
ﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻗﻬﻮﰐ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﺧﱵ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
black
ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
good
ﻫﻮ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
good
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
-
look after
٣
(
٤
(
٥
(
-
118.
ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
George
George
Iwill get back
George
I want a
George
ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
Subject
George is
George talk
I will get back
Subject
George is
I want a
Subject
George is
ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ
-est
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ
Subject
is as tall as
talks three times
I will get back as soon as
Subject
is taller than
I want a bicycle
Subject + +
is the tallest of
Comparative
ﻭ ،
ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ
.
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ
.
+ + as + V
as tall as John.
three times
as soon as
+ + V
taller than his brother.
bicycle larger than
+ +
the tallest of his brothers.
Comparative
am
is
are
am
is
are
am
is
are
something
There is
+ + as + V
John..ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ
three times as much as
as soon as I can.
+ + V
his brother.
larger than this.
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
:
+ + the +
his brothers.
Comparative
:
ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑـﲔ
Comparative
am
is
are
٨
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
something
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ
:
There is something is
+ + as + V
ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
as much as John
+ + Verb-er + than +
his brother.
this.
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
the + Verb
his brothers.
Comparative
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑـﲔ
Superlative
.
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ
thing is missing
+ + as + Verb
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻃﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ
John. ﺟﻮﻥ
.
Comparative
:
er + than +
Superlative
:
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
erb-est +
Superlative
Comparative
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
Superlative
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ،
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ
missing
Equality
:
+ as +
ﺃﻭ .ﺟﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ
ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺑﻘﺪﺭ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ
.
ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
omparative
er + than +
ﺃﺧﻴﻪ
.
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﻫﺬﻩ
.
uperlative
est + of
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ
ﺃﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ
.
Superlative
-
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ
Superlative
missing
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ
in this room
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
quality
as + Object
ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ
ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
er + than + Object
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
ﺃﺧﻴﻪ
ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
uperlative
of +
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ
ت ا ر
Superlative
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ
-er
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
missing
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ
in this room
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ
(
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
:
Object
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻃﻮﻝ
ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺳﺄﻋﻮﺩ
ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ
(
ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
:
Object
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ
(
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
:
+ Object
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﻫﻮ
ت ا ر
-
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ
ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
Object
ت ا ر
-
119.
He is
He is
Tony
George
George
good:
bad :
much , many
little :
far :
He is better than
He is the best of
Tony is the best
ﻭ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
most
Subject
Subject
George is
George is
Red Dress
The red
The dress
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
good : ﺟﻴﺪ
bad : ﺳﻲﺀ
much , many
little : ﻗﻠﻴﻞ
far : ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
better than
the best of
the best.
ﻭ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
Subject + + more + V
Subject + +
is more interested than
is the most interested
ress.
The red dress.
dress is red.
much , many
better than her.
the best of his friends.
.
ﻭ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
+ + more + V
+ +
more interested than
most interested
am
is
are
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
.
.
.
is red.
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
better :
worse :
more :
farther :
.
his friends.
.
more
ﻭ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
+ + more + V
+ + the most + V
more interested than
most interested of
،
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
٩
ﺃﳘﻬﺎ
:
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
better : ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
worse : ﺃﺳﻮﺃ
more : ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
less : ﺃﻗﻞ
farther : ﺃﺑﻌﺪ
his friends.
.
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ
more
+ + more + V
most + V
John.
of his friends
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
،
ﺧﱪﻳﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺕ
.
ﺃﳘﻬﺎ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
ﺃﺳﻮﺃ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﺃﻗﻞ
ﺃﺑﻌﺪ
his friends.
ﺃﺣﺮﻑ
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ
+ + more + V.1 +
most + V.1 +
John.
his friends.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺛﻮﺏ
،
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﲔ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﲔ
ﺧﱪﻳﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ .ﹰﺍﺃﲪﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
best :
worst :
most :
farthest :
his friends.
ﻋﻦ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺳﺘﺔ
ﺃﺣﺮﻑ
ﻭﺗﺼﺎﻍ
:
+ than
+ of
ﺟﻮﻥ
.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ
ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
:
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺛﻮﺏ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﺃﲪﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
best : ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
worst : ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ
most : ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ
least : ﺍﻷﻗﻞ
farthest :
ﻬﺎ
.
his friends. ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ
.
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
ﻋﻦ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
.
ﻭﺗﺼﺎﻍ
than +
of +
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺑﲔ ﹰﺎﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﺑﲔ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺛﻮﺏ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
.
ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺻﻔﺔ
ﺃﲪﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ .ﺃﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﺻﻔﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺑﻘ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ
ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ
ﺍﻷﻗﻞ
farthest : ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ
ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻨ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
ﻬﺎ
ﻫﻮ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
ﺗﻮﱐ
ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
ﻣﻌﻈﻢ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
+ Object
+ Object
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺑﲔ ﹰﺎﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ
ﺱ
/
ﻣﺎ
ﺍ
ﺑﲔ ﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﺝ
/
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺛﻮﺏ
ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﺃﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ
ﺻﻔﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻮ
ﺗﻮﱐ
ﻣﻌﻈﻢ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
Object
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ
ﺱ
ﺝ
120.
١٠
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) Adjective of automatic is:
A. automatic.
B. automatically.
C. automatical.
D. None of all above.
2) Adjective of late is:
A. lately.
B. lated.
C. late
D. None of all above.
3) Which word is NOT an adjective:
A. friendly.
B. fully.
C. silly.
D. All above.
4) In the bicycle race, Harold was … than Michael.
A. fastest
B. more fast
C. more faster
D. faster
5) The World Trade Center is the … building in New York City.
A. taller
B. tallest
C. more taller
D. most tall
6) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Clark is gooder than Mark.
B. Clark is more smart than Mark.
C. Clark's cake is most delicious of Mark's.
D. Clark is tallest of his friends.
E. None of all above.
7) Choose the correct sentence:
A. She feels good.
B. She feels gooder.
C. She feels bader.
D. She feels well.
121.
١١
8) Choose thecorrect sentence:
A. Pollution causes damages more than working in miners.
B. Pollution is damager than working in miners.
C. Pollution causes damages most of working in miners.
D. None of all above.
9) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Nice man has helped me.
B. A nice man has helped me.
C. A nice men have helped me.
D. None of all above.
10) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Michael Jackson is popular.
B. Michael Jackson is the most popular.
C. Michael Jackson is a popular man.
D. All above.
E. None of all above.
11) I'm good at football as … as basketball.
A. soon
B. much
C. possible
D. good
E. All above.
٢
−
ﺗﻜﻤﻦ
ﺃﳘﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ
ﺑ
ﺎﺄ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﻞﺗﺮﺑﻂ
ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ
.
−
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﻌﺎﰿ
.
-
ﺍﻟﻌ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ
ﻄ
ﻒ
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
and ﻭ , or ﺃﻭ , but ﻟﻜﻦ , both ﹰﺎﻣﻌ , either ﺇﻣﺎ ,
while ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ , when ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ , what ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ
neither … nor ﺫﺍﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ , then ﰒ , as well as ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ,
notwithstanding ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ , whether ، ﺳﻮﺍﺀ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
... , …
-
ﺳﻨﺮﺑﻂ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﲝﺮﻑ
and
ﻭ
or
:
John has traveled. Carla has traveled. ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮ
ﺟﻮﻥ
.
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﺕ
ﻛﺎﺭﻻ
.
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﳉ
ﻤﻠﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ
and
ﺃﻭ
or
ﺍﳌﺸـ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﳓﺬﻑ
ﺘ
ﻣـﻦ ﺮﻛﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
.
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
John and Carla have traveled. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﻭ
ﻛﺎﺭﻻ
ﻗﺪ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ
.
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻻﺣﻆ
are
ﹰﻻﺑﺪ
ﻣﻦ
is
ﻷﻧﻪ
She and he
ﲨﻌ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ
ﹰﺎ
John or Carla has traveled. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺃﻭ
ﻛﺎﺭﻻ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻗﺪ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮ
.
ا أدوات
Conjunctions
:
ا أدوات
:
Introduction
:
124.
My
My
sport
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
My hobb
My hobb
sport.
)She is studying
) Neither
) Meet her first
) He as
) Do your best
) We should try to meet them
) This program shows
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
He or I is going.
hobbies are swimming
hobbies are swimming
.
She is studying
Neither she nor
Meet her first
as well as you is tired.
Do your best (
We should try to meet them
This program shows
ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ
.
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
He or I is going.
ies are swimming
ies are swimming
.
She is studying both English and French.
nor her sister
Meet her first then make
you is tired.
(or else/
We should try to meet them
This program shows
ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
He or I is going.
ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
:
ies are swimming, reading
ies are swimming and
.
English and French.
her sister was
make your decision.
you is tired.
/otherwise
We should try to meet them
This program shows whether
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
He or I is going.
٣
and
ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ
.
reading, programming
reading
.
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ
.
English and French.
was in the party.
your decision.
therwise) he will
ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺇﻥ
.
We should try to meet them whether
ﺍﳋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻙ
.
whether your friends are online.
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻥ
and
ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ
programming
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﻦ
:
reading and programming
.
ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ
English and French.
in the party.
your decision.
ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
.
he will be the
ﺳﻮﺍﺀ
ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺇﻥ
whether it is raining or not
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺅ
ﺍﳋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻙ
your friends are online.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ
I
I and he are going.
He and I are going.
I or he is going.
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ
programming and
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﻦ
programming
.
ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ
.
in the party.
ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﺍﲣﺬ
.
your decision.
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ
ﺃﻧﺖ
.
ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
be the victorious
ﻧﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ
ﺳﻮﺍﺀ
s raining or not
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ
your friends are online.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ
I and he are going.
ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
(
ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﰐ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ
and sport.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﻦ
programming and
.
and
ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ
ﰒ
ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻙ ﺍﲣﺬ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ
ﺟﻬﺪﻙ ﺍﺑﺬﻝ
ﻭﺇﻻ
ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
victorious.
ﻧﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ
s raining or not.
ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
your friends are online.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺃﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ
I and he are going.
ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ
ﺁﺗﻴﺎﻥ
(
ﺃﻧ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ
ﺎ
ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﰐ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻣﻦ
and
ﻧﻀﻊ
and
(
ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻫﻲ
(
ﻻ
ﻫﻲ
ﻭﻻ
(
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ
(
ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ
(
ﺟﻬﺪﻙ ﺍﺑﺬﻝ
.
(
ﻧﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ
(
ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ
−
ﺃﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
I and he are going. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺃﻧ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
٤
(
٥
(
٦
(
٧
(
−
125.
٤
-
ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
ﺷﺮﺡﺑﺪﻭﻥ
ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺒﲔ
ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ
ﻳﻔﻀـﻞ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ،ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ
ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
.
meaning or function simple conjunctions 2- or 3- word
conjunctions
double conjunctions
adding, listing: and both …and
not only … but
alternatives: or either … or
contrast: but not … but
negative addition: nor neither … nor
comparison as , than , like as if , as thought as … so
as … as
condition if , unless seeing , given ,
provided
if … then
contrast: (al)though
while
whereas
even though although … yet
degree or extent: as far as so … that
exception: but (that) ,
except ( that)
place: where , wherever
preference: rather than , sooner
than
proportion: as … so
the … the
purpose: so that ,
in order that
reason and cause: because , as , since
respect: in that
result: so that ,
such that
indirect question: whether , if whether … or
time:
same time: when(ever) , while , as now (that)
earlier time: before , until , till
later time: after , since
just after: once , when ,
whereupon
immediately (that)
ا أدوات ول
Table of Conjunctions
:
126.
٥
- Questions (1-8);select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) Which one is a conjunction?
A. never.
B. and.
C. indeed.
D. All above.
2) Which one is a conjunction?
A. too.
B. driver.
C. but
D. All above.
3) Choose the correct sentence:
A. He always eats chicken, egg and chips.
B. He always eats chicken, egg, and chips.
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
4) Choose the correct sentence:
A. The first man has to work bellows and the second must fuel the furnace.
B. The first man has to work bellows, and the second must fuel the furnace.
C. All above.
D. None of all above.
5) We will visit Japan … New Zealand during our next vacation.
A. and
B. but
C. so
D. None of all above.
6) My brother wanted to buy a novel … I went to the book store after I finished work.
A. so
B. or
C. but
D. None of all above.
7) My teeth were hurting … I made an appointment to go the dentist.
A. or
B. so
C. but
D. None of all above.
8) Have you seen … heard the latest musical by Andrew Lloyd Webber?
A. but.
B. so.
C. or.
D. None of all above.
127.
٦
- Questions (9-13);choose the best conjunction to join the two sentences:
9) The vacuum cleaner was too small for our needs. We bought a larger one.
A. so
B. since
C. but
D. because
10) The man stopped his bicycle beside the car. The bicycle had a broken chain.
A. and
B. as
C. yet
D. or
11) The tennis match was almost finished. The score was 40 all.
A. yet
B. and
C. nor
D. because
12) The X Files is my favorite TV show. Dawson's Creek is his favorite show.
A. so
B. or
C. and
D. but
13) She was happy when her brother arrived. She had been watching for him for over an hour.
A. and
B. because
C. as
D. but
٢
-
ﺣﺮ
ﻭ
ﺣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻌﺐﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻑ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻑ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﺣﺮﻓﻴ ﺗﺮﲨﺘﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
.
-
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ
ﺣﺮﻑ
ﺍﳉﺮ
:
ﻫﻮ
ﻛﻠﻤ
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﻏﺎﻳ
ﺃﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺔ
ﺳﺒﺐ
.
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻋﻦ
.
She is talking about me. ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻫﻲ
ﻋﻨ
ـ
ﻲ
.
What are you talking about? ﻋﻦ
ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ؟ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
This book is about the Second World War. ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻋﻦ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ
.
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
، ﺑﺸﺄﻥ
ﻳ
ﺑـ ﺘﻌﻠﻖ
.
I have books about English. ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ
ﺑ
ﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
٣
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺑـ
ﺃﻭ
ﰲ
.
I dream about tomorrow. ﺃﺣﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑ
ﺎﻟﻐﺪ
.
I think about writing a story. ﺃﻓﻜﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﰲ
ﻗﺼﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ
.
٤
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ
approximately
.
I am about 20 years old. ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ
٢٠
ﺳﻨﺔ
ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ
.
٥
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺣﻮﻝ
around , round
.
The earth moves (around/round/about) the sun. ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ
.
ا وف
Prepositions
:
Introduction
:
about
130.
٣
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻨﺪ ، ﰲ
.
The children were at home. ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﰲ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
I was at John's house. ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻋﻨﺪ
ﻣﱰﻝ
ﺟﻮﻥ
.
at the back ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﰲ , at the end ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ , at the center ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﰲ ,
at the front ﰲ
ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ , at the top ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ ﰲ , …
٢
(
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
)
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ
(
The concert starts at 7:30 o'clock. ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ
ﺗ
ﺒﺪﺃ
ﰲ
ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ
.
٣
(
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻦ
ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﳊﻈﺔ
.
at the moment ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﰲ , at lunch time ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ , at midday ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ,
at the present time ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ , …
٤
(
ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ
،
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ
،
ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮ
.
You can drive at 100kph. ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
١٠٠
ﻛﻢ
/
ﺱ
.
(I will/I'll) retire at 60. ﺍﻟﺴﺘﲔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺳﺄﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
You can buy eggs at 80 per a dozen. ﺑﺴﻌﺮ ﺑﻴﺾ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
٨٠
ﻟﻠﺪﺯﻳﻨﺔ
.
٥
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ، ﳓﻮ
.
He threw a stone at me. ﹰﺍﺣﺠﺮ ﺭﻣﻰ ﻫﻮ
ﳓﻮ
ﻱ
.
٦
(
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ
look
.
Look to me. ﺧﻄﺄ
Look at me. )
ﺇﱄ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
( ﺻﺢ
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ
...
،
ﲜﺎﻧﺐ
...
There is a policeman standing by my car. ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻳﻘﻒ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻚ
ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ
.
at
by
131.
٤
٢
(
ﰲ ﹰﺎﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﻣﺎﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ
ﺍ
ﻟﻨﻘﻞ
.
ﺍﻟﻠﺺ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ
ﺍﳌﺒﲎ
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ
ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ
.
The thief must have left the building by the back door.
I went to school by car.
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
.
٣
(
ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
I drink tea sip by sip. ﺭﺷﻔﺔ ﺭﺷﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﺃﺷﺮﺏ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
Enter one by one. ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ
ﹰﺍﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﹰﺍﻭﺍﺣﺪ
.
٤
(
ﻭﻗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
on or before
.
by Friday
ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ
)
ﻣﺎﻳﻮ
/
ﺃﻳﺎﺭ
(
ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ
.
The photographs will be ready by 5 May.
٦
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
by + Verb-ing
.
ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ
ﲢﺴﲔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﺕ
.
We can increase production by improving wages.
By improving wages, we can increase production.
٧
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
١
(
ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
because of
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳒﺎﺣﻪ
ﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ
.
His success was (due to/because of) his hard work.
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﳌﺪﺓ
.
(I will/I'll) live here for five days. ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﻋﻴﺶ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﲬﺴﺔ
.
(I will/I'll) love you (for ever/forever). ﻚﺳﺄﺣﺒ
ﻟ
ﻸﺑﺪ
.
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ، ﻷﺟﻞ
.
(I am/I'm) working for you. ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻷﺟﻠ
ﻜﻢ
.
٣
(
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻟﻼﻡ
.
Did you vote for the President? ﺻﻮﺗﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﻟ
ﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ
؟
for
due to
132.
٥
١
(
ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﳏﺪﺩﺓ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻦﻣ
.
ﻫﻲ
ﺖﻋﺎﺷ
ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﰲ
ﻣﻦ
١٩٩٥
ﺇﱃ
١٩٩٨
.
She lived in New York from 1995 to 1998.
٢
(
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺣﺮﻛﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻦﻣ
.
He moved from Canada. ﻫ
ﻮ
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ
ﻣﻦ
ﻛﻨﺪﺍ
.
٣
(
ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
Where did you come from? ﻣﻦ
ﺃﺗﻴﺖ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ
I came from Paris. ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﻦ
ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ
.
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﰲ ، ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
.
(He is/He's) in the car. .ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ .ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻮ
٢
(
ﻣﻊ
ﺃﲰﺎﺀ
ﺷﻬﻮﺭ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ
.
Joseph was born in March. ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ
ﺪﻟ
ﻭ
ﰲ
ﺷﻬﺮ
)
ﻣﺎﺭﺱ
/
ﺁﺫﺍﺭ
.(
Joseph was born in 1990 AD. ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ
ﺪﻟ
ﻭ
ﰲ
ﺳﻨﺔ
١٩٩٠
ﻡ
.
Joseph left the city in summer. ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ
.
٣
(
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
(I am/I'm) in Argentina. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﰲ
ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ
.
٤
(
ﻗﺒﻞ
Abstract Nouns
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
Romeo was in love with Juliet. ﺭﻭﻣﻴﻮ
ﻭﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ
ﻛﺎﻧﺎ
ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑ
ﺎ
ﻥ
.
The passengers are in danger. ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ
ﰲ
ﺧﻄﺮ
.
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ، ﳓﻮ
.
He went into the room. ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﳓﻮ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ
.
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺇﱃ
ﹰﺎﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ
divide
.
Airports divide into local and international. ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ
ﺇﱃ
ﳏﻠﻴ
ﺔ
ﻭﺩﻭﻟﻴ
ﺔ
.
from
in
into
133.
٦
١
(
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ
)
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ
.(
The Queen of Spain ﺃﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﲑﺓ , The owners of the car ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ
٢
(
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
A part of the cake ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻚ , An apple of the box ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ
٣
(
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
amounts
.
a lot of noise ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ , a liter of oil ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﺮ ,
dozens of eggs ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻥ , thousands of balls , ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻻﻑ
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ، ﻓﻮﻕ
.
The books are on the table. ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
.
٢
(
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ
.
I go to work on the bus. ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑ
ﺎﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
.
٣
(
ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ
.
(We will/We'll) travel on Friday. ﺳ
ﻨ
ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺴﺎﻓﺮ
.
(We will/We'll) travel on 9th July. ﺳﻨﺴﺎﻓﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻳﻮﻡ
)
ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ
/
ﲤﻮﺯ
(
.
٤
(
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻊ
.
ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﻮﻻ
ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ
ﰲ
ﻳﻮﻡ
١
/
١٠
/
٢٠٠٧
ﻡ
.
This chocolate will expire on 1/10/2008 AD.
٥
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ، ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ
.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺮ
.
Although this computer is cheap, it is one of the best machines on the
market.
ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻣﻌﻈﻢ
ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ
.
This program shows all most sites on the internet.
of
on
134.
Come
He went
I wentto a restaurant
To
ﺮﺟﻢ
I am delighted
Not
I told you
We are sorry
ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻓﻴـﺒﲎ
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ ـﻰ
ﻋﻠـ ـﺒﲎ
ﻓﻴـ
Everyone likes
The building appears
Not to
Come to
He went
I went to a restaurant
To win, you have to
ﺗﺘـ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺮﺟﻢ
I am delighted
Not to los
I told you
We are sorry
ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻓﻴـﺒﲎ
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ ـﻰ
ﻋﻠـ ـﺒﲎ
ﻓﻴـ
Everyone likes
The building appears
Not to be
Come to
Come here
me.
He went to Canada from
I went to a restaurant
you have to
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
،
ﺗﺘـ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
I am delighted to
lose, you have to
I told you not to
We are sorry not
ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﻭﰲ
)
٣
(
ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻓﻴـﺒﲎ
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ ـﻰ
ﻋﻠـ ـﺒﲎ
ﻓﻴـ
Everyone likes to
The building appears
be deceive
to here.
Come here
.
Canada from
I went to a restaurant to
you have to practice
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
to have met your wife yesterday.
you have to
go skating.
not to have met your wife yesterday.
to +
ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﻭﰲ
ـﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟـ ﻭﰲ
)
٤
(
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ ـﻰ
ﻋﻠـ ـﺒﲎ
ﻓﻴـ
to be admired.
The building appears to
deceived, you have to be careful.
here.
Come here
.
Canada from 1990 to
ﻟـ ، ﻟﻜﻲ
.
to eat.
practice well.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻟﻜﻲ
met your wife yesterday.
you have to practice
go skating.
have met your wife yesterday.
+ be + Verb
to
ـﺔ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟـ ﻭﰲ
be admired.
to have been repainted.
you have to be careful.
here.
Come here
٧
.
to 1995.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻟـ ، ﻟﻜﻲ
eat.
well.
to +
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
met your wife yesterday.
ﻗﺒﻞ
to
.
practice well.
go skating.
have met your wife yesterday.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺒﲎ
Verb.3
to + have
be admired.
have been repainted.
you have to be careful.
here.
.
. ﺇﱃ
١٩٩٥
.
to +
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
eat. ﻛﻞ
.(
+ have +
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺖ
.
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
met your wife yesterday.
not
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
.
go skating. .
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﱂ ﻚ
.
have met your wife yesterday.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺒﲎ
have + been
be admired.
have been repainted..
ﺣﺬﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹰﺍ
you have to be careful.
.
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ
١٩٩٠
ﺇﱃ
+ Verb.1
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺃﻛﻞ
/
ﻷ
ﻛﻞ
ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
.
+ Verb.3
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ
:
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺖ
met your wife yesterday.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﺍﻟﺘﺰﰿ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﱂ ﻚ
have met your wife yesterday.
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ
)
٢
(
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺒﲎ
been +
not to
.
be admired. ﺑﻪ ﺐﺠﻌ
ﻳ
.
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﹶﻎﹺﺒ
ﺻ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ
.
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺣﺬﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﻲ
.
ﺇﱃ
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
1
ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺇﱃ
)
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
3
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ
ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻷﻧ
ﻚ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺖ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﲣﺴﺮ
،
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ
ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑﺄﻻ
ﺍﻟﺘﺰﰿ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﻮﻥ ﳓﻦ
ﻷﻧ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﱂ ﻚ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ
+ Verb.3
not to + be + Verb
ﺑﻪ ﺐﺠﻌ
ﻳ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻛﻞ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﹶﻎﹺﺒ
ﺻ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ
ﺨ
ﺪ
ﻉ
،
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
:
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ
(
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺇﱃ
.
ﺗﻌﺎﻝ
ﺇﻟ
ـ
ﻲ
ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﺇﱃ
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺇﱃ
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺗﻔﻮﺯ
،
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ
ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﻻ ﻟﻜﻲ
ﲣﺴﺮ
ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﻮﻥ ﳓﻦ
(
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ
ـﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸـ
Verb.3
ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻛﻞ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﹶﻎﹺﺒ
ﺻ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ
ﻻ ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺗ
ﺨ
to
-
ﺃﻥ ﻻﺣﻆ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
٤
(
٥
(
-
135.
I want
I wantyou
I went
(I will
I walked
(I will/I'll)
She went
(I am
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ
I want to
I want you
I went to
I will/I'll)
I walked
(I will/I'll)
She went
I am/I'm)
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ
to go.
I want you to go with me.
to see him.
/I'll) stay here
I walked up to the tree.
(I will/I'll) stay here
She went with me.
/I'm) with you.
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
،
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ
go.
go with me.
see him.
stay here up to
the tree.
stay here (until
me.
you.
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
me , you , him , her , it , us , them
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ
go.
go with me.
see him.
up to Saturday.
the tree.
until/up to
you.
ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺍﳉﺮ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
:
me , you , him , her , it , us , them
ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻱ
٨
go.
go with me.
see him.
ﺣﱴ
.
Saturday.
the tree.
up to/till) Saturday.
you.
ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
me , you , him , her , it , us , them
ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹾﻥﺃ
.
go.
go with me.
see him.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺣﱴ
Saturday.
the tree.
.
Saturday.
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
me , you , him , her , it , us , them
ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻓﻌﻞ
ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﲟﻌﲎ
go.
go with me. ﻣﻌﻲ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
.
see him. ﺃﺭﺍﻩ
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ
.
the tree. ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻥ
ﺣﱴ
.
Saturday. ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ
.
together
.
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
me , you , him , her , it , us , them
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ
to
ز
ن
ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
go. ﹾﻥﺃ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻌﻲ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺃﺭﺍﻩ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺣﱴ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ
ﺣﱴ
ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
till
.
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟ
ﺰﻣ
ﺎ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺣﱴ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ
together
ﻣﻌ
ﻲ
.
ﻳ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﳊﺮﻑ ﹰﻻﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻌﺘﱪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ
-ing
.
(
ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹾﻥﺃ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻥ
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
)
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺣﱴ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
(
ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻣﻊ
together
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻫﻲ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﻌ
ﻚ
.
١
(
ﻳ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺍﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
٢
(
ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ
-s
ﺃﻭ
ing
with
until
up to
٦
(
١
(
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
١
(
١
(
١
٢
136.
ﺑﻌـﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒـ
ﻓﺮﻕ ﻓﻼﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ
.
Tom is waiting for his sister
into
ﺑﻌـﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﺄﰐ
ﻓﺮﻕ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ
Tom is waiting for his sister
ﺿﻤﲑ
ﺃﻣﺎ
into
on
ﻓﺮﻕ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ
Tom is waiting for his sister
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
.
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﺿﻤﲑ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ
.
:
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ
on
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
:
Tom is waiting for his sister at
٩
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
:
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
at
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ
into
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
:
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ
ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
:
.
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
at the bank
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﳓﻮ
:
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
into
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ
ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ
.
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
.
the bank.
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
into
ﻣﻌﲎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﳓﻮ
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﺍﺳﻢ
at
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
on
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
horseback
from
ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ
at , on , in
ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ
.
ﻋﻠﻰ ،
.
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
at
ﻭ
into
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﳓﻮ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
by
ﻭ
on
foot
ﻭ
horseback
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
of
ﻭ
from
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
of
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
at , on , in
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﻡ
ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ
ﺗﻌﲏ
ﻓﻮﻕ
ﻋﻠﻰ ،
-
ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺎﻷ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﺍﺳﻢ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
foot
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
at
:
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺗﻮﻡ
on
:
ﺗﻌﲏ
-
-
-
-
-
137.
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
Please
Please
I finished from my work.
I finished my work.
He needs to a pen.
He needs a pen.
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
Please answer to my question
Please answer
I finished from my work.
I finished my work.
He needs to a pen.
He needs a pen.
The players are practicing
The boxers are
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
answer to my question
answer my question.
I finished from my work.
I finished my work.
He needs to a pen.
He needs a pen.
The players are practicing
boxers are
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
answer to my question
my question.
I finished from my work.
I finished my work.
He needs to a pen.
He needs a pen.
The players are practicing
boxers are in the ring
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
answer to my question.
my question.
I finished from my work.
He needs a pen.
The players are practicing on
the ring.
١٠
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
He needs a pen.
ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ
(
the field
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻋـﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻣﻦ
:
ﻟﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻻ ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
.
(
He needs a pen.
ا وف ! ا ء$%ا
.
) .
ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ
the field.
ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ
(
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻣﻦ
ﻟﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻻ ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺐ
(
He needs a pen.
ا وف ! ا ء$%ا
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ
) .
ﺍﳊﻠﺒﺔ
) .
ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
.
ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻣﻦ
ﻟﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻻ ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺐ
ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻴﺖﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
He needs a pen. ﻗﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻮ
.
ا وف ! ا ء$%ا
ﻳﺘﺪﺭﺑﻮﻥ ﻥ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺗﻌﲏ
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
.
ﺍﳌﻼﻛﻤﻮﻥ
ﰲ
ﺍﳊﻠﺒﺔ
ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
(
ﻟﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻻ ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺐ
ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻴﺖﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻗﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻮ
ا وف ! ا ء$%ا
ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒ
ﻮ
ﻳﺘﺪﺭﺑﻮﻥ ﻥ
in
:
ﺗﻌﲏ
ﺍﳌﻼﻛﻤﻮﻥ
−
١
(
ا وف ! ا ء$%ا
138.
١١
She reached tothe school.
She reached the school. ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
They entered to the room.
They entered the room. ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
.
We visited him in the next day.
We visited him the next day. ﳓﻦ
ﺯﺭﻧﺎﻩ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﰲ
.
You can join to us.
You can join us. ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
.
٢
(
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
:
He is knocking the door.
He is knocking at the door. ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ
.
Please remind me his name.
Please remind me of his name. ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﱐ
.
He can reply her inquires.
He can reply to her inquires. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻮ
ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺘﻬﺎ
.
She waited you.
She waited for you. ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﺗﻚ ﻫﻲ
.
I went a walk.
I went on a walk. ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
Don't argue him.
Don't argue with him. ﲡﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻻ
.
139.
١٢
٣
(
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﹰﻻﺑﺪﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ
:
Be careful from that man.
Be careful of that man. ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﻛﻦ
.
He is good in English.
He is good at English. ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺪ ﻫﻮ
.
He is sitting on the table.
He is sitting at the table. ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻫﻮ
.
Look to the picture.
Look at the picture. ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
.
I am angry from him.
I am angry with him. ﻣﻨﻚ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
She is afraid from the dog.
She is afraid of the dog. ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﲣﺎﻑ ﻫﻲ
.
He threw a stone on the cat.
He threw a stone (at/into) the cat. ﺭﻣﻰ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﺍﺣﺠﺮ
.
She was laughing on him.
She was laughing at him. ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
.
She was happy from him.
She was pleased with him. ﻫﻲ
ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
.
I walked until the tree.
I walked up to the tree. ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
until
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
.
140.
١٣
−
ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺟﺮ ﲝﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑﺍﺕ
ﻣﺘﻜﺎ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﳍﺎ
ﻣﻠﺔ
.
ﹰﺎﻫﺠﺎﺋﻴ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ
:
He was accused of stealing. ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﹰﺎﻣﺘﻬﻤ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
I am accustomed to hot weather. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ
.
She is afraid of dogs. ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﻣﻦ ﲣﺎﻑ
.
She agrees with him. ﻫﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ
.
He is angry with her. ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻨﻬ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ
ﺎ
.
The matter was apparent to him. ﻟﻪ ﹰﺎﻭﺍﺿﺤ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ
.
He will argue with them. ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
.
They will arrive at the village. ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻢ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ
.
He was ashamed of his conduct. ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﹰﻼﺧﺠ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
.
I am astonished at the matter. ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﻫﺶ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
They believe in god. ﺑﺎﷲ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
He is careful of his health. ﺑﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﻫﻮ
.
Can I comment on this? ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﱠﻖ
ﻠﺃﻋ ﺃﻥ
؟
She always complains of the heat. ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻲ
.
The team is composed of ten players. ﻻﻋﺒﲔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ
The week consists of seven days. ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ
ﺃﻳﺎﻡ
.
The mountains are covered with snow. ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
ﺗﻐﻄﻰ
ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ
.
He cured of his illness. ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﻲ
.
ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻐ
ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﱪﳌﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﺮﺱ
.
The U.S. Congress corresponds to the British Parliament
She depends on herself. ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﻲ
.
My book is different form yours. ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻋﻦ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ
.
She was dressed in black. ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
I was engaged in reading. ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﹰﻻﻣﺸﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
She is engaged to her cousin. ﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﻻﺑﻦ ﳐﻄﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
He failed in history. ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺭﺳﺐ ﻫﻮ
.
141.
١٤
They feed ofrice. ﺍﻷﺭﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﻭﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
It is full of oil. ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺎﺇ
.
Get out of here. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ
.
He is good at mathematics. ﻫﻮ
ﺑﺎﺭﻉ
ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ
.
He is incapable of running. ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻫﻮ
.
She always insists on her opinion. ﺭﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﺮ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ ﻫﻲ
.
He is interested in music. ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ ﻫﻮ
.
She is jealous of her sister. ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ
.
He is knocking at the door. ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﻫﻮ
.
Look at the picture. ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
.
She was laughing at him. ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
Can you listen to me? ﻫﻞ
ﺇﱄ؟ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
She is married to a rich man. ﻏﲏ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
They are pleased with you. ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
I prefer tea to coffee. ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
He is proud of his father. ﺑﺄﺑ ﻓﺨﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ
ﻴ
ﻪ
.
Please remind me of his name. ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ ﺫﻛﺮﱐ
ﻓﻀﻠﻚ
.
He can reply to her inquires. ﺎﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻮ
.
Are you satisfied with your marks? ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻚ؟ ﻋﻦ ﹴﺽﺭﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻞ
I am searching for my book. ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﻋﻦ ﺃﲝﺚ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
My book is not similar to his. ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ
.
He is sitting at the table. ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻫﻮ
.
I am sure of his honesty. ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺛﻖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
I want to talk to you. ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃ ﺃﻥ
ﻛﻠ
ﻤﻚ
.
He threw a stone (at/into) the cat. ﹰﺍﺣﺠﺮ ﺭﻣﻰ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
Are you tired of reading? ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ؟ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻠﺘﻢ ﻫﻞ
I am waiting for a job. ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﻼﻋﻤ
.
I walked up to the tree. ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
١٦
Select the ONElettered answer that is BEST in each question:
1) There is an explanation of photosynthesis … chapter 11.
A. at
B. in
C. of
D. to
E. None
2) The answers to the problems are … page 227.
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. to
E. None
3) You have to be … least 18 to vote.
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. to
E. None
4) When did the U.S. send the first men … the moon?
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. to
E. None
5) Are you going to the meeting … Friday?
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. to
E. None
6) The professor wrote several comments … my paper.
A. in
B. on
C. about
D. to
E. None
144.
١٧
7) The search… the source of the Nile took many years.
A. for
B. from
C. by
D. at
E. None
8) The land was valued … $10,000,000.
A. at
B. for
C. in
D. to
E. None
9) I am going to talk … Clark.
A. to
B. on
C. with
D. in
E. None
10) I am really good … German.
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. with
E. None
11) There was no agreement … the type of copy protection to offer.
A. at
B. for
C. on
D. to
E. None
12) This book expresses … me.
A. about
B. with
C. in
D. at
E. None
13) He is opposed … tax cuts.
A. at
B. for
C. on
D. to
E. None
145.
١٨
14) Seven peoplewere severely injured in the accident, according … doctors.
A. by
B. to
C. with
D. at
E. None
15) I need more time to study; I'm not ready … the test.
A. for
B. of
C. in
D. at
E. None
16) Excuse me, sir. May I ask … you a question?
A. at
B. for
C. to
D. about
E. None
17) Billy, where have you been? You're covered … mud!
A. on
B. with
C. for
D. to
E. None
18) Are you going to the Padres game … this Friday?
A. at
B. in
C. on
D. by
E. None
19) The professor made several comments … my ideas.
A. in
B. on
C. about
D. to
E. None
20) His teaching style is consistent … his personality.
A. in
B. on
C. to
D. with
E. None
146.
١٩
- Question (21);complete these sentences with the correct preposition (in, at, from, to, on):
21) George and Mary are _____ England. They live _____ London, _____ an old house. They
go _____ work by bus. They work _____ 09.00am _____ 02.00pm. They do not work _____
the afternoons and often stay _____ home then. _____ Saturdays they often visit friends or
play tennis _____ the local club.
The car
Irregular
Carlos
John
The carwas stolen
Irregular
Carlos was killed
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
John killed
1) They to
2) They broke
My car was
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
The window was broken
was stolen
ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
Irregular
was killed
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
killed Carlos
They took my car away.
They broke the window.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
My car was taken away
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
The window was broken
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
was stolen.
ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
was killed by John
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
Carlos.
my car away.
the window.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ken away
the window
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
The window was broken
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ
me
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻷﻥ
steal
ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
steal -
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
John.
.
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
my car away.
the window.
my car
ken away by them
the window
The window was broken by them
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ
me , him
you ,
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
٣
steal
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻷﻥ
stole -
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
Carlos
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
my car away.
the window.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
my car
by them.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
by them.
ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ
him , her , i
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
was
.
ou , us , them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
were
.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ .
ﻟ
ﻠﻔﻌﻞ
steal
- stolen
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ .ﺟﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ
ﻭ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﻫﻮ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
:
my car away.
the window.
took
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
broke
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
it
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ
them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
.ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﹶﺖﻗﹺﺮ
ﺳ
ﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻟ
ﺜﺎﻟﺚ
ﻟ
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﻭ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
my car away. .
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ok
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
broke
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹶﺖﻗﹺﺮ
ﺳ ﺃﻭ .ﺖ
stolen
ﺍﻟ ﻫﻮ
ﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
:
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﻞﺘﹸ
ﻗ ﺃﻭ
ﻛ
ﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﻭ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﹰﺍﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
.
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
.
They
ﹰﺍﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﹶﺕﺬﺧﹸ
ﺃ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ
.
They
ﺕﺮِﺴﹸ
ﻛ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﰲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﹶﺖﻗﹺﺮ
ﺳ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
stolen
Verbs
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ
ﺃﻭ ﹶﻞﺘﹸ
ﻗ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺑ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ
ﻘﺘﻞ
ﻛ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﻗﺘﻞ
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺱ
/
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﹰﺍﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺝ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
They
ﹰﺍﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﹶﺕﺬﺧﹸ
ﺃ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
They
ﺕﺮِﺴﹸ
ﻛ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
Verbs
ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ
ﺑ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺱ
ﹰﺍﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺝ
١
٢
-
-
150.
The bridge
The
ﻷﻥ
S
The bridge
Themountain
ﻋـﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
by
ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
Snow covers the mountains.
The bridge is repaired
mountains are covered
ﻋـﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
now covers the mountains.
Subject + Verb
Object + + V
is repaired everyday.
are covered
with
ﻋـﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
now covers the mountains.
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
Subject + Verb
Object + + V
everyday.
are covered with
،
ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
with
.
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
now covers the mountains.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
him
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
you ,
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
٤
Subject + Verb.1
Object + + V
everyday.
with snow.
ﻭﻫﻮ
snow
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
.
now covers the mountains.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
am
is
are
him , her ,
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
is
.
ou , us , them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
are
.
me
:
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
am
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
:
1 + Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
Object + + Verb.
everyday.
.
ﹼ
ﻄﻏ
ﺎﻫﻢ
ﻭﻫﻮ
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
now covers the mountains.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
, it
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
me
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
erb.3
everyday.
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
ﹼ
ﻄﻏ
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
now covers the mountains.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
everyday. ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ
.
ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ
.
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ
snow
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻄﻲ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﺍﳉﺴﺮ
ﱠﺢ
ﻠﺼ
ﻳ
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
ﺗ
ﻐ
ﱠ
ﻄ
ﻰ
ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ
ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
snow
ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ
ﻳﻐ
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻄﻲ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
-
ﺍﳉﺴﺮ
ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ
ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ
-
-
-
151.
John
The city hall
The
Johnis been
The city hall
The Council is rebuilding the city
1) The w
2) My wife calls me darling
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
The sheep
I am called da
Subject + + Verb
Object
is been ask
The city hall is been
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
ouncil is rebuilding the city
The wolves eat
wife calls me darling
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
The sheep are eaten
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
am called dar
Subject + + Verb
Object
asked.
is been rebuilt
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ouncil is rebuilding the city
eat the sheep
wife calls me darling
the sheep
eaten by
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
rling by my wife
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
Subject + + Verb
Object + +
.
rebuilt by the
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ouncil is rebuilding the city
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
the sheep.
wife calls me darling.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
the sheep
by the wol
me
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ing by my wife
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
am
is
are
am
is
are
٥
Subject + + Verb
+ + being
.
by the Council
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ouncil is rebuilding the city hall.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
.
eat
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
wolves.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ing by my wife.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
:
Subject + + Verb-ing + Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
being +
ouncil.
the council
.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
hall. ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
:
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
eat
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
call
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ing + Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
+ Verb
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
the council
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ
.
The w
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
My wife
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
.
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻟﺜ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ing + Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
Verb.3
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳋﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ
ﺍ
ﻑ
.
ﺗﺪﻋﻮﱐ
ﺑ
ﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ
The wolves
ﹶﻞﻛﹾﺄ
ﺗ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻑ
.
My wife
ﺑﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺃﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻟﺜ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺄﻝﺴ
ﻳ
.
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ
ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻠﺲﺍ
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ
ﺱ
/
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳋﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ
ﺯﻭﺟﱵ
ﺗﺪﻋﻮﱐ
ﺝ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﹶﻞﻛﹾﺄ
ﺗ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻑ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺑﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺃﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
-
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻠﺲﺍ
ﺱ
ﺍﳋﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ
ﺯﻭﺟﱵ
ﺝ
١
٢
152.
Someone
The car
Someone
The carhas been found
1) He is reading the book.
2) They are building the house.
The book
The house is being built
Subject +
Object +
Someone has been arrested
has been found
He is reading the book.
They are building the house.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
book is being
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
he house is being built
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
Subject +
Object +
has been arrested
has been found
He is reading the book.
They are building the house.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
is being read
the
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
he house is being built
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻬﺎ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
:
me
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
Subject +
Object +
has been arrested.
by the police.
has
have
has
have
He is reading the book.
They are building the house.
the book
read by him
the house
he house is being built by them
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻬﺎ
him
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
me , you ,
٦
+ Verb
Object + + been
police.
have
He is reading the book.
They are building the house.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
the book
by him.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
house
by them.
ﲢﺘ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻬﺎ
him , her ,
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
has
.
ou , us , them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
have
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
Verb.3
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
+ been
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
:
read
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
build
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
ﲢﺘ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
, it
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
them
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
+ been + Verb.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
read
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ld
ﲢﺘ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
erb.3
ﻞﻘ
ﺘ
ﻋﺍ
.
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
He
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺃﺮﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ
They
ﻰﻨﺒ
ﻳ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﻞﻘ
ﺘ
ﻋﺍ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺮﺜ
ﻋ
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ
ﺱ
/
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻫﻮ
ﻳﺒﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﺝ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
He
ﺃﺮﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻰﻨﺒ
ﻳ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
-
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺱ
ﻳﺒﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
ﺝ
١
٢
-
-
153.
T
The crime
A
ﻷﻥ
The police
Thecrime
A few of
1) The students
2) Someone has
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
We have been invited to the party
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
Her book has been stolen
ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﻏـﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
he police have
Subject +
Object +
The crime will be solved
of crimes
students
Someone has
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
We have been invited to the party
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
Her book has been stolen
ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﻏـﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
have found the car.
Subject +
Object +
will be solved
crimes will be committed
students have invited
Someone has stolen
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
us
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
We have been invited to the party
her book
Her book has been stolen
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﻏـﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻷﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
the car.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
will
Object + will
will be solved.
committed
invited us
her book.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
We have been invited to the party
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
her book
Her book has been stolen.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
by some
٧
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
the car.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
will + Verb
will +
.
committed.
us to the party
her book.
invited
We have been invited to the party by the students
stolen
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻻ
omeone
ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻫﻮ
.
the
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
+ Verb.1
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
+ be + V
.
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
:
to the party.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
invited
by the students
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
stolen
.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻻ
ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻫﻮ
the police
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
be + Verb.
.
ﹶﺐﻜﺗﺮ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ
.
ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ
.
ﺎﻛﺘﺎ ﺳﺮﻕ
.
The students
.
by the students.
Someone
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
Someone
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻻ
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﹰﺎﺧﺎﻣﺴ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
erb.3
. ﻞﺤ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ
.
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ
ﹶﺐﻜﺗﺮ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻗﺪ
ﺎﻛﺘﺎ ﺳﺮﻕ
students
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻴﻨﺎ
.
.
Someone
ﻗﺪ ﺎﻛﺘﺎ
ﹺﻕﺮ
ﺳ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
Someone
Someone
ﺗﻌﲏ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻘﺪ
ﻋﺜﺮﺕ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ
ﹰﺎﺧﺎﻣﺴ
ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ
ﻞﺤ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ
ﺱ
/
ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﻗﺪ
ﺝ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻟ
ﺩ ﻘﺪ
ﻋ
ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻴﻨﺎ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻗﺪ ﺎﻛﺘﺎ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
Someone
ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
-
-
ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ
ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ
ﺱ
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﺝ
١
٢
-
154.
The
She
can
.
Subject +
The carcan be found
She must be told
1) He will kill
2) She will
Mark will be killed
The car
can , should
Subject +
Object +
can be found
must be told
He will kill Mark
will buy the car
will be killed
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
The car will be bought
, should , must
:
Subject + Aux Verb
Object +
can be found.
must be told.
Mark.
buy the car
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
will be killed by him
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
be bought
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
, must , …
Auxiliary Verbs
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
Aux Verb
Object + Aux Verb
.
.
buy the car.
Mark
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
by him.
the car
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
be bought by her.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
٨
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
Auxiliary Verbs
Aux Verb +
Aux Verb +
.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
Mark
.
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
the car
.
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
Auxiliary Verbs
+ Verb.
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
:
+ be
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ
:
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
.
buy
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
Auxiliary Verbs
.1 +
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
be + Verb
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻰ
.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
kill
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
buy
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺩﺳ
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
+ Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
Verb.3
ﻋﻠ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻰ
ﹶﻘ
ﻳ
ﳍﺎ ﺎﻝ
.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻊ
.
He
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﻞﺘﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﺳﻮﻑ
.
She
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺎﻉﺒ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﹰﺎﺳﺎﺩﺳ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻦ
Object
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﹶﺮﺜﻌ
ﻋﻠ
ﻫﻲ
ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﹶﻘ
ﻳ
ﺱ
/
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻲ
ﺳﻮﻑ
ﺗ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻊ
ﺟـ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
ﻞﺘﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﺳﻮﻑ
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺎﻉﺒ
ﺗ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
-
-
-
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻫﻲ
ﺱ
ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻮ
ﺟـ
١
٢
155.
1) They shouldnot park their cars there
Their cars should not be parked there
They should not park their cars there
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
Their cars should not be parked there
They should not park their cars there
their cars
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
Their cars should not be parked there
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
They should not park their cars there
their cars
Their cars should not be parked there
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
٩
They should not park their cars there
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
their cars
Their cars should not be parked there
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
:
They should not park their cars there. ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻢﺳﻴﺎﺭ
.
park
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
.
Their cars should not be parked there by them
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻤﺎﺕ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻢﺳﻴﺎﺭ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
park
ﺗ ﺃﻻ
ﹶﻗﻮ
ﻒ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
by them.
ﺍﻟﻜﻠ
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻮ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﳚﺐ
ﺍ
They
ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﺗ ﺃﻻ
.
ﺱ
/
ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻮ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﳚﺐ
ﺝ
/
١
(
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﻢﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍ
.
ﺱ
ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻮ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﳚﺐ
ﺝ
١
.
156.
١٠
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
Present Simple O + (am/is/are) + V.3
Present Progressive O + (am/is/are) + being + V.3
Present Perfect O + (has/have) + been + V.3
Present Perfect Progressive O + (has/have) + been being + V.3
Past Simple O + (was/were) + V.3
Past Progressive O + had being + V.3
Past Perfect O + had been + V.3
Past Perfect Progressive O + had been being + V.3
Future Simple O + will be + V.3
Future Progressive O + will be being + V.3
Future Perfect O + will have been + V.3
Future Perfect Progressive O + will have been being + V.3
Future in the Past O + (was/were) + going to be +
V.3
Used to O + used to be + V.3
Auxiliary Verb O + Aux Verb + be + V.3
be going to O + (am/is/are) + going to be +
V.3
ﺣﻴﺚ
:
O : Object , V.3 : ﻓﻌﻞ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ا!ز ل ا # ول%
:
157.
١١
- Questions (1-9);rewrite these sentences beginning with the words in underline type:
1) They offered William a promotion.
2) They are testing the new system.
3) Someone reported that the riot was under control.
4) They may ban the film.
5) We have not used the car for ages.
6) The company has cut all salaries.
7) Employers must pay all travel expenses for this training course.
8) Nobody informed the college that there had been a mistake.
9) The news about the exam results distressed Sidney.
- Questions (10-17); choose the correct auxiliary verb to make sentence passive:
10) The castle … built in the 15th century.
A. was
B. is
C. has been
D. will be
E. None of all above.
11) Is he … arrested as we speak?
A. being
B. been
C. be
D. will be
E. None of all above.
12) All these houses … neglected for decades.
A. will be
B. are being
C. has been
D. have been
E. None of all above.
13) There is no question that they … delighted when they see her tomorrow.
A. have been
B. had been
C. were
D. will have been
E. None of all above.
158.
١٢
14) The children… taken to school by bus every day.
A. are
B. have
C. was
D. had
E. None of all above
15) I can assure you that this box … never been opened before I opened this morning.
A. was
B. will
C. is
D. had
E. None of all above.
16) How many times have you … your house broken into?
A. been
B. had
C. be
D. have
E. None of all above.
17) I'm sorry you can't come in at the moment because we … the house decorated right now.
A. have had
B. will have
C. had
D. are having
E. None of all above.
ﻣﻬـﻢ ﻷﻧـﻪ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻭ
do not
I , You ,
He ,
.
ﻣﻬـﻢ ﻷﻧـﻪ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺇﱃ ﺨﺘﺼﺮ
won't
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
do not
I , You ,
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
He ,
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
.
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟ
ﺒﺤﺚ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
will
ﻓ
ﻴ
ﺇﱃ ﺨﺘﺼﺮ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
I , You ,
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
-ing
.
ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﻮﻑ
ﻒ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ
will
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
did not
:
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ
-s
ﺃﻭ
ing
ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﻮﻑ
Auxiliary V
:
ﻧﻀ
ﻴ
ﻒ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﻥ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
(
.
Auxiliary Verb
:
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
did not (
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
،
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
s
،
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
.
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ
٢
ﻭﺳ
ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﻮﻑ
Auxiliary V
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﻓﻼ
ﳜ
ﺘﺼﺮ
ﺍ
ﻥ
Auxiliary Verb
(didn't)
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
ﻭﺳ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
:
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
Auxiliary Verb
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
n't
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
am , may
ﻓﻼ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
Auxiliary Verb
does not
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
does not (doesn't)
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ،ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳊ
ﺮﻑ
s
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
:
Make of Negative
:
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﺇﱃ
shan't
.
ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
can't
ﻭ
may
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
does not (doesn't
do not (don't)
:
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
.
does not (doesn't)
ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ،ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
did not (didn't)
:
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
Introduction
:
Make of Negative
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﲎ
:
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ
shall not
ﺇﱃ
ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ
)
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﺇﱃ ﺨﺘﺼﺮ
can't
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
(
ﺃﻭ
doesn't)
do not (don't)
We , They
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
does not (doesn't)
She , It
ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ،ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
did not (didn't)
ﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
Introduction
ا
Make of Negative
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
shall not
ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
(
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
not
)
can
ﻓ
ﻴ
ﺇﱃ ﺨﺘﺼﺮ
(
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
(don't)
ﻧﻀﻊ
do not (don't)
We , They
ﻧﻀﻊ
does not (doesn't)
She , It
ﻧﻀﻊ
did not (didn't)
ﻭﺇﻟﻴ
ﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
Introduction
ا
-
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﲎ
-
ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
-
-
١
(
٢
(
-
-
-
161.
٣
١
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
1) Heplays football. ﻫﻮ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
s
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ
does not (doesn't)
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌـﺪ
ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﺍﳊ
ﺮﻑ
s
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
.
1) He (does not/doesn't) play football. ﻫﻮ
ﻻ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻠﻌﺐ
.
2) You teach English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ
do not (don't)
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
2) You (do not/don't) teach English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻻ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
١
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
1) He is playing football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
is
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
1) He (is not/isn't) playing football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻻ ﻫﻮ
.
2) You are teaching English. ﺗ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺭﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
are
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
2) You (are not/aren't) teaching English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻻ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
3) I am walking. ﺃﲤﺸﻰ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
am
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
3) I am not walking. ﺃﲤﺸﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
162.
٤
١
-
٣
/
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
1) He hasplayed football. ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
1) He (has not/hasn't) played football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﱂ ﻫﻮ
.
2) You have taught English. ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺩ
ﺳ
ﺭ
ﺖ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
2) You (have not/haven't) taught English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﱂ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
.
١
-
٤
/
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
.
ﳌﺪﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
.
1) He has been writing a letter for two hours.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
ﻫﻮ
ﻻ
ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﳌﺪﺓ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
.
1) He (has not/hasn't) been writing a letter for two hours.
2) I have been having lunch. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻨﺖ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
2) I (have not/haven't) been having lunch. ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﻦ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
٢
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
1) He played football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ
did not (didn't)
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
.
1) He (did not/didn't) play football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﱂ ﻫﻮ
.
163.
٥
2) You taughtEnglish. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺩ
ﺳ
ﺭ
ﺖ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ
did not (didn't)
ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
.
2) You (did not/didn't) teach English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﱂ
ﺗ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
ﺭﺪ
.
٢
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
1) He was playing football. ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
was
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
1) He (was not/wasn't) playing football. ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻛ
ﻨﺖ
ﺗ
ﺖﺻﺮﺧ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺸﺎﻫﺪ
.
2) You were watching the TV when she cried.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
were
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗ ﱂ
ﻜﻦ
ﺗ
ﺖﺻﺮﺧ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺸﺎﻫﺪ
.
2) You (were not/weren't) watching the TV when she cried.
٢
-
٣
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
:
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ
ﻳ
ﺮﺴﹾﻜ
ﺳﺎﻗﻪ
.
1) He had played football before his leg was broken.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
had
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
ﻫﻮ
ﻳ ﱂ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻠﻌﺐ
ﻳ
ﺮﺴﹾﻜ
ﺳﺎﻗﻪ
.
1) He (had not/hadn't) played football before his leg was broken.
٢
-
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
ﻫﻮ
ﺭﺩ
ﺱ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
1) He had been studying English for two years before he got the job.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
had
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
164.
٦
ﺭﻳﺪ ﱂ ﻫﻮ
ﺱ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔﳌﺪﺓ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
1) He (had not/hadn't) been studying English for two years before he
got the job.
٣
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
1) He will go. ﻫﻮ
)
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ
(
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
1) He (will not/won't) go. ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻦ ﻫﻮ
.
٣
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
1) He will be sleeping. ﻫﻮ
)
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
1) He (will not/won't) be sleeping. ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻦ ﻫﻮ
.
٣
-
٣
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﱵ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺃﻋﻮﺩ
ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
.
1) I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the
U.S.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻦ
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ
ﻗﺪ
ﺃﻛﻤﻠ
ﺖ
ﻟﻐﱵ
ﺍ
ﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ
.
1) I (will not/won't) have perfected my English by the time I come
back from the U.S.
٣
-
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ
ﺍﳌ
ﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
ﺕﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺗﺼﻞ
ﺎﻃﺎﺋﺮ
.
1) I will have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
165.
1)
arrives
1)
1)
2)
2)
1)
1)
2)
2)
3)
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌـﺪ
) I(will not
arrives.
) He would go
) He (would not
) You were going to go
) You (were not
) I can go.
) I (cannot
) I should go.
) I (should not
) He has to travel
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌـﺪ
can not
will not/won'
He would go.
not
.
would not
You were going to go
were not
I can go.
not/can't
I should go.
not
.
should not/shouldn't
He has to travel
does not (doesn't)
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌـﺪ
cannot
ﻭﻟـﻴﺲ
can not
won't) have been waiting for two hours
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
would not/wouldn't
You were going to go
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
.
were not/weren't
I can go.
not
.
can't) go.
I should go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
shouldn't
He has to travel to Portugal
does not (doesn't)
ﻜﺘـﺐ
cannot
have been waiting for two hours
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
wouldn't) go.
You were going to go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
weren't) going to go.
I can go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
) go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
shouldn't) go.
to Portugal.
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
does not (doesn't)
not
ﻓ
ﻨ
ﻜﺘـﺐ
٧
ﺎﻃﺎﺋﺮ
.
have been waiting for two hours
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) go.
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) going to go.
I can go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) go.
.
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ
not
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺗﺼﻞ
ﺎﻃﺎﺋﺮ
have been waiting for two hours
.
would
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
were
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) going to go.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
) go.
should
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
s
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻒ
can
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
have been waiting for two hours when
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
would
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
were
) going to go.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ
:
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
can
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
should
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ
.
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻒ
.
ﺕﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
when her plane
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
. ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻴﺬﻫﺐ
.
. ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺘﺬﻫﺐ
.
٥
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
.
ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
s
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﻧﻀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻴ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻒ
ﻭﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
can't
.
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻦ
ﺕﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ
her plane
٤
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻮ
ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ
ﺳ
ﻴﺬﻫﺐ
ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ
ﺳ
ﺘﺬﻫﺐ
٥
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
-
ﻧﻀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻭﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ
ﺃﻧﺎ
her plane
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻮ
ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
-
166.
3)
4) He isa hero.
4) He
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺑﻌـﺪ
) He (does not/doesn't
) He is a hero.
) He (is not
You have
You have a
You (have
You (have not
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
)
ﻻﺣـﻆ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
do not (don't)
ﺑﻌـﺪ
You (do not
You (do not
does not/doesn't
) He is a hero.
is not/isn't
ve to travel to Portugal.
You have a pen
have not/
have not/haven't) a
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﳝﻠﻚ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
do not (don't)
do not/don't
do not/don't
does not/doesn't) have to travel to Portugal.
) He is a hero.
not
.
isn't) a hero.
to travel to Portugal.
pen.
haven't
haven't) a
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀـﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﰲ
do not (don't)
don't) to travel to Portugal.
don't) have a pen.
) have to travel to Portugal.
) He is a hero.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
not
a hero.
to travel to Portugal.
.
haven't) to travel to Portugal
haven't) a pen.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
do not (don't)
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀـﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﰲ
) to travel to Portugal.
) have a pen.
٨
) have to travel to Portugal.
) He is a hero.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
a hero.
to travel to Portugal.
) to travel to Portugal
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
do not (don't)
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﻧﻀـﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﰲ
) to travel to Portugal.
) have a pen.
) have to travel to Portugal.
) He is a hero.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
to travel to Portugal.
) to travel to Portugal
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
have
) to travel to Portugal. .
) have a pen.
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
.
) have to travel to Portugal.
) He is a hero.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
is
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﺴﺎﻓﺮ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
have
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
have
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
have
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ
.
) have a pen.
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
) He is a hero.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
:
ﺃﻥ
ﺗ
ﺇﱃ ﺴﺎﻓﺮ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
.
:
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﻷﻭﱃ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
to
ﺑﻌﺪ
have
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
have
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
have
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
.
ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
) have a pen. ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺖ
.
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
) He is a hero. ﺑﻄﻞ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﻼﺑﻄ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺱ
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
ﻋﻠﻴ ﳚﺐ
ﻚ
ﺃﻥ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
ﺝ
/
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ
:
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻷﻭﱃ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
to
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﺑﻄﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﻼﺑﻄ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ
ﺱ
ﻋﻠﻴ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺝ
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻻ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺖ
167.
ﰲ
(Do not
(Do not
(Donot
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ
ﰲ
Do not/Don't
Do not/Don't
Do not/Don't
ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ،
.
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ
.
He has
He (does
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
He (does not
- have +
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ
Don't) worry.
Don't) eat
ﻏﺒﻴﺎﺕ
ﻦﺗﻜ ﻻ ،
.
Don't) be
ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻘ
ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ،
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ
a pen.
es not/do
does not (doesn't)
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
does not/don't
have + -s
Do not (
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ
worry.
eat this.
ﻏﺒﻴﺎﺕ
ﻦﺗﻜ ﻻ ،
be stupid.
ﹰﺎﺇﻃﻼﻗ ،
،
ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻘ
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
doesn't) has
does not (doesn't)
don't) have a pen.
has
Do not (Don't
worry.
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﺃﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﻏﺒﻴﺎﺕ
ﻦﺗﻜ ﻻ ،
stupid.
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﳍﺎ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
ﹰﺎﺇﻃﻼﻗ ،
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
has a pen
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
does not (doesn't)
ve a pen.
has
٩
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻀﻊ
Don't)
ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻦ ﻻ ،
.
،
ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ
ﻏﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎ
.
،
ﻻ
ﺃﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻞ
،
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﳍﺎ
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
pen.
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
s
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
have
.
ve a pen.
has
ﻧ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻀﻊ
،
ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻮﺍ
ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻦ ﻻ ،
ﺗﺄﻛﻼ
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﻏﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ
ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻞ
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
have
ve a pen.
has
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﺍﻷﻣﺮ
:
،
ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻠﻘﺎ
.
،
ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻲ
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
،
ﻻ
ﻏﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﱐ
.
،
ﻻ
never
ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
has
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻣﺎ
ﰲ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
،
ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻲ
.
،
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
،
ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻲ
.
،
ﻻ
ﻏﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﱐ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
never
never
ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
ا ا
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
:
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
.
:
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
.
never
:
ﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻠﻖ
.
،
ﻻ
ﺗﺄﻛﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻻ
ﹰﺎﻏﺒﻴ ﺗﻜﻦ
.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻳ
ﻮﺿﻊ
never
ا ا
ﺱ
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
ﺝ
/
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ
:
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻫﻮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ
:
ـ ا
never
-
-
-
ا ا
ﺱ
ﺝ
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻫﻮ
ـ ا
168.
ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ
I have
He has
Ihave
I don't have a pen
،
ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ
I have no
He has no
I have no
I will talk to you later.
He teaches English.
He can play basketball.
I will never
He never
He can
I don't have a pen
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ
:
no pen.
no car.
no idea.
I will talk to you later.
He teaches English.
He can play basketball.
never talk to you.
never teaches English.
He can never play basketball.
I don't have a pen
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ
I will talk to you later.
He teaches English.
He can play basketball.
talk to you.
teaches English.
play basketball.
ﻧﻜﺘـﺐ
:
I don't have a pen
ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﻮﻋ ﻛﺜﺮ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﰲ
I will talk to you later.
He can play basketball.
talk to you.
teaches English.
play basketball.
١٠
I have a pen
ﻧﻜﺘـﺐ
ﺃ ﻭﻫﻲ
ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﻮﻋ ﻛﺜﺮ
play basketball.
I have a pen
ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺃ ﻭﻫﻲ
never
:
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
:
I have a pen
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺑ
ﺎ
ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
never
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
.
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
.
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
.
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
.
have no
:
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
.
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
have no
ﺱ
/
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﻲ
ﺝ
/
ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
ﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ
-
have no
ﺱ
ﺝ
ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
169.
١١
Change these sentencesto negative:
1) I like cheese.
2) We're married.
3) She has an old house.
4) He plays tennis on Saturdays.
5) I've already been to the bank.
6) I need some money.
7) I had lunch at 2 o'clock.
8) He's going to work.
9) I have a lot of cars.
10) I've already seen the tower of London.
11) He'll be having lunch at that time.
12) I had a shower at 4 o'clock.
13) We live in Madrid.
14) I've ever seen a snake.
15) He likes going to work. (use never)
٣
١
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
1) Heplays football. ﻫﻮ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
s
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻀﻊ
Does
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﺣـﺮﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ
s
ﺁﺧـﺮ ﻣـﻦ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
.
1) Does he play football? ﻫﻞ
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻠﻌﺐ
1) Yes, he does. OR No, he (does not/doesn't).
2) You teach English. ﺗ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺭﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺱ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
Do
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
.
2) Do you teach English? ﻫﻞ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
1) Yes, I do. OR No, I (do not/don't).
١
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
1) He is playing football. ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
is
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
1) Is he playing football? ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﻞ
1) Yes, he is. OR No, he (is not/isn't).
2) You are teaching English. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
are
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺇﱃ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
2) Are you teaching English? ﻫﻞ
ﺱ
ﺭﺗﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
1) Yes, I am. OR No, I am not.
173.
٤
١
-
٣
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
1) Hehas played football. ﻟ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻘﺪ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
1) Has he played football? ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻫﻞ
1) Yes, he has. OR No, he (has not/hasn't).
2) You have taught English. ﻟ
ﺖﺳ
ﺭﺩ ﻘﺪ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
2) Have you taught English? ﺩ ﻫﻞ
ﺖﺳ
ﺭ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
1) Yes, I have. OR No, I (have not/haven't).
١
-
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
:
ﳌﺪﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
.
1) He has been writing a letter for two hours.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
ﻫﻞ
ﳌﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻮ
ﺓ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
؟
1) Has he been writing a letter for two hours?
1) Yes, he has. OR No, he (has not/hasn't).
2) You have been having lunch. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺗ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
2) Have you been having lunch? ﺖﻛﻨ ﻫﻞ
ﺗ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ؟ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ
1) Yes, I have. OR No, I (have not/haven't).
174.
٥
٢
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
1) Heplayed football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
Did
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
.
1) Did he play football? ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻫﻞ
1) Yes, he did. OR No, he (did not/didn't).
2) You taught English. ﺩ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺖﺳ
ﺭ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
Did
ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
.
2) Did you teach English? ﺩ ﻫﻞ
ﺖﺳ
ﺭ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
1) Yes, I did. OR No, I (did not/didn't).
٢
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
:
1) He was playing football. ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
was
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
.
1) Was he playing football? ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻞ
1) Yes, he was. OR No, he (was not/wasn't).
ﺖﺻﺮﺧ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ
.
2) You were watching the TV when she cried.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
were
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻫﻞ
ﺖﺻﺮﺧ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ
؟
2) Were you watching the TV when she cried?
1) Yes, I was. OR No, I (was not/wasn't).
175.
٦
٢
-
٣
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
ﻟ
ﻘﺪ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ
ﻳ
ﺮﺴﹾﻜ
ﺳﺎﻗ
ﻪ
.
1) He had played football before his leg was broken.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
had
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻫﻞ
ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﻳ
ﺮﺴﹾﻜ
ﺳﺎﻗﻪ
؟
1) Had he played football before his leg was broken?
1) Yes, he had. OR No, he (had not/hadn't).
٢
-
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
:
ﻫﻮ
ﺱﺭﺩ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺣﺼ
ﻮ
ﻟ
ﻪ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
1) He had been studying English for two years before he got the job.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
had
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
ﻫﻞ
ﺱﺭﺩ
ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺣﺼ
ﻮ
ﻟ
ﻪ
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
؟
1) Had he been studying English for two years before he got the job?
1) Yes, he had. OR No, he (had not/hadn't).
٣
-
١
/
ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
1) He will go. ﻫﻮ
)
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ
.(
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
1) Will he go? ﻫﻞ
)
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ
(
؟
1) Yes, he will. OR No, he (will not/won't).
٣
-
٢
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
1) He will be sleeping. ﻫﻮ
)
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
1) Will he be sleeping? ﻫﻞ
)
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ
/
ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ
(
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ
؟
1) Yes, he will. OR No, he (will not/won't).
176.
٧
٣
-
٣
/
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﻗﺪﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻻ ﻟﻐﱵ
ﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳ
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺃﻋﻮﺩ
ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
.
1) I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the
U.S.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﻞ
ﺖﺃﻛﻤﻠ
ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﱵ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻓﻴﻪ
ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
؟
1) Will I have perfected my English by the time I come back from the
U.S?
1) Yes, you will. OR No, you (will not/won't).
٣
-
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
ﺕﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺗﺼﻞ
ﺎﻃﺎﺋﺮ
.
1) I will have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﻞ
ﺕﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻗﺪ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺎﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﺗﺼﻞ
؟
1) Will I have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives?
1) Yes, you will. OR No, you (will not/won't).
٤
/
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
:
1) He would go. ﻫﻮ
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
will
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
1) Would he go? ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ؟ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻞ
1) Yes, he would. OR No, he (would not/wouldn't).
2) You were going to go. ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
were
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
2) Were you going to go? ﻫﻞ
ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺳ
ﺘﺬﻫﺐ
؟
1) Yes, I was. OR No, I (was not/wasn't).
177.
٨
٥
/
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
:
1) Ican go. ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
can
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
1) Can I go? ﻫﻞ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ
؟
1) Yes, you can. OR No, you (cannot/can't).
2) He should go. ﻋﻠﻴ ﳚﺐ
ﻪ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﺬﻫﺐ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
should
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
2) Should he go? ﻫﻞ
ﻋﻠﻴ ﳚﺐ
ﻪ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﺬﻫﺐ
؟
1) Yes, he should. OR No, he (should not/shouldn't).
3) He is a hero. ﺑﻄﻞ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
should
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
3) Is he a hero? ﻫﻞ
ﻫﻮ
ﺑﻄﻞ؟
1) Yes, he is. OR No, he (is not/isn't).
178.
ﻻﺣـﻆ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴـﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
You have to travel to Portugal.
You have a
Have you travel to Portugal?
Have you a
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
)
ﻻﺣـﻆ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
Do you have to travel to Portugal?
Do you have a pen?
He has
Does he has
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴـﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
Does he
You have to travel to Portugal.
You have a pen
Have you travel to Portugal?
ou a pen?
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﳝﻠﻚ
ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
.
you have to travel to Portugal?
you have a pen?
a pen.
Does he has a pen
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴـﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
he have a pen
You have to travel to Portugal.
pen.
Have you travel to Portugal?
pen?
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
Do
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
you have to travel to Portugal?
you have a pen?
.
pen.
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴـﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
have a pen?
You have to travel to Portugal.
.
Have you travel to Portugal?
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
(
ﹰﻼﻓﻌـ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
you have to travel to Portugal?
you have a pen?
.
.
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
Does
٩
You have to travel to Portugal.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
Do
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
you have to travel to Portugal?
you have a pen?
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
s
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
You have to travel to Portugal.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
have
you have to travel to Portugal? ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ؟ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻫﻞ
you have a pen?
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
You have to travel to Portugal. ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
have
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
have
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ
have
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ
have
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ؟ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻫﻞ
you have a pen?
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
has
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ
have
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
.
:
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
to
ﺑﻌﺪ
have
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
have
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
:
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
have
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ؟ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻫﻞ
you have a pen? ﹰ؟ﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻠﻚ
.
:
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
has
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
have
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﳝﻠﻚ
؟
ﺱ
/
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ
ﺝ
/
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ
:
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
to
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ؟ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻫﻞ
ﹰ؟ﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺱ
/
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﻥ
ﻫﻮ
ﳝ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﻠﻚ
ﺝ
/
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ
:
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
ﻫﻞ
ﹰﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﳝﻠﻚ
ﺱ
ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺝ
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﺧﻄﺄ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﹰ؟ﺎﻗﻠﻤ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺱ
ﻫﻮ
ﺝ
ﻟﺮﲟﺎ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
ﻫﻞ
١١
ﻧﻀﻊ
does
:
ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
s
،
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ
He , She , It
ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ،ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
s
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
.
ﻧﻀﻊ
did
:
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
.
ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﳓﺬﻑ ﰒ
،
ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ
?
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
.
1) Your name is Clark. ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ .ﻛﻼﺭﻙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﲰﻚ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
is
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻀﻊ
What
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
Clark
.
1) What is your name? ﺍﲰ ﻣﺎ
ﻚ
؟
2) This pen is for John. ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟ
ﻘﻠﻢ
ﳉ
ﻮﻥ
.
ﳌﻦ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
is
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻀﻊ
Whose
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
for John
.
2) Whose is this pen? ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ؟ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﻦ
2) Who is this pen for? ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ
ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ؟ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﻦ
.
3) He was sick. ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺮﻳﻀ
ﹰﺎ
.
ﻛﻴﻒ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
was
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
How
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
sick
.
3) How was he? ﻫﻮ؟ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ
4) He has gone. ﻟ
ﺫﻫﺐ ﻘﺪ
.
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
has
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
Why
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ
.
4) Why has he gone? ﺫﻫﺐ؟ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
5) He lives in Texas. ﺗﻜﺴﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺃﻳﻦ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
ﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
s
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻀﻊ
Where
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﻧﻀـﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ
does
ﻭﳓﺬﻑ
s
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ
in Texas
.
5) Where does he live? ﺃﻳﻦ
ﻳﻌﻴﺶ؟
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
181.
١٢
6) She leftyesterday. ﺕﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
.
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
Why
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ
did
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻭ
ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻏﲑ
ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ
.
6) Why did she leave yesterday? ﺕﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ
؟
7) He died yesterday. ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ
.
ﻣﱴ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
When
ﻧﻀـﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
did
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ
yesterday
.
7) When did he die? ﻣﺎﺕ؟ ﻣﱴ
8) He will leave the day after tomorrow. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻮ
ﻏﺪ
.
ﻣﱴ؟ ﺑـ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ـﻮ
ﻫـ ـﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳌﺴـ ـﻞ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـ
will
ـﻊ
ﻧﻀـ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
When
ـﻮ
ﻭﻫـ ـﻮﺍﺏ
ﺍﳉـ ـﺬﻑ
ﻭﳓـ ـﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠـ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ
the day after tomorrow
.
8) When will he leave? ﺳﻴﻐﺎﺩﺭ؟ ﻣﱴ
-
ﺑـ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
Who?
:
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
،
ﳓﺬﻑ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
،
ﳏﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ
Who?
ﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﲑ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
.
1) He travels everyday. ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﳓﺬﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ
He
ﳏﻠـﻪ ﻭﻧﻀـﻊ
Who?
ﻧﻜـﻮﻥ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
:
1) Who travels everyday? ﻳﻮﻡ؟ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ
2) John met Mark. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
.
ﺍﺳ
ﺄ
ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻝ
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﻋﻦ ﻭﻣﺮﺓ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
John
:
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﳓﺬﻑ
John
ﳏﻠﻪ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ
Who?
ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
:
2) Who met Mark? ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
؟
182.
١٣
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
Mark
:
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻀﻊ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
Who
ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ
did
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
:
2) Who did meet John? ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ
ﻗﺎﺑﻠ
ﻪ
ﺟﻮﻥ
؟
2) Whom did meet John? ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
-
ﺑـ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
Which?
:
ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
1) John went by his car. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ
.
1) Which car of his cars did he go? ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻱ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ
ﻫﻮ
ﺫﻫﺐ؟
2) He speaks German. ﺍﻷﳌﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ
.
2) Which language does he speak? ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻱ
؟
3) They study in Oxford University. ﻫﻢ
ﻳ
ﺃﻛﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ
.
3) Which university do they study? ﰲ
ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ؟ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻱ
-
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
Don't you want to go? ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻻ
Yes, I do. OR No, I (do not/don't). .ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ،ﻻ ﺃﻭ .ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻠﻰ
-
ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
:
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻧﻀ
ﻴ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ﻒ
n't
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻵﺧـﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
1) I (do not/don't) want to go. ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ
.
1) Why don't you want to go? ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
2) She can go. ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻲ
.
2) Can't she go? ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻻ
ا ال ا
:
183.
3)
3)
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)
) He issmart
) Isn't he smart?
) Why do
) Can she
) Is he not
How
) How many
) How much
) How many
He is smart.
he smart?
do you not
she not go?
not smart?
How +
How many eggs
How much money
How many kilos
many
much
.
he smart?
not want to go?
go?
smart?
+ + Noun
eggs are in
money was
much
.
kilos of sugar
many
much
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ
ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
.
he smart?
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﳜﺘﻠﻒ
:
want to go?
go?
smart?
Noun + A
are in the refrigerator
many
.
was on the table
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
much
of sugar do
many
.
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ
ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
١٤
.
he smart?
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ
ﺔ
ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ
ﻫﻨﺎ
want to go?
smart?
+ Aux Verb
refrigerator
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
many
on the table?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
do you want?
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
many
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
.
he smart?
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ
want to go?
smart?
Verb +
refrigerator?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
How
?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
you want?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
How
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
:
many
.
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ
:
much
.
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
he smart?
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻛﻨﺖ
want to go?
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻻ
؟
smart?
+ Verb.1
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
؟
ﻏﲑ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪ؟
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
Noun
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
many
Noun
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
much
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
ﹰ؟ﺎﺫﻛﻴ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻻ
ﹰ؟ﺎﺫﻛﻴ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
1 + Object
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺟﺔ؟ ﰲ
eggs
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
money
ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪ؟
kilos
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ا ال ا
:
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
Noun
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
Noun
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ
ﺫﻛﻲ ﻫﻮ
.
ﹰ؟ﺎﺫﻛﻴ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻻ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻻ
ﹰ؟ﺎﺫﻛﻴ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
Object
ﻛﻢ
ﺑﻴﻀ
ﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺟﺔ؟ ﰲ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
eggs
ﻛﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
money
ﻛﻢ
ﻛﻴﻠﻮ
ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ
kilos
ا ال ا
-
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
-
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
-
ﻛﻢ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻛﻢ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻛﻢ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ
ا ال ا
-
-
184.
4)
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻊﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﰒ
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
) How many
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺃﺳـﺄﻟﻚ
...
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﰒ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
.
) I don't know where he lives
) I can't remember wh
) I'm ask
) I have
) Could you tell me
) I don't know
) I can't remember
) I'm ask
) I have
) Could you tell me
How many , How much
How much far did you go?
How far did you walk?
How many letters
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
...
ﺃﻭ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺳـﺄﻟﻚ
ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﰒ
ﺃﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
t know where he lives
I can't remember wh
asking you
I have no any
Could you tell me
t know.
t remember
asking. W
have no any
Could you tell me
How many , How much
How much far did you go?
How far did you walk?
letters have you written this week?
many
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ
...
ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰒ
،
ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﰒ
ﺃﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ
t know where he lives
I can't remember wh
you when the bus a
idea why she
Could you tell me where the
. Where does he live?
t remember. W
When does
idea. W
Could you tell me? Where is the office
How many , How much
How much far did you go?
How far did you walk?
have you written this week?
many
ﺍﲰﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺃﻭ
ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ
ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰒ
?
،
ﻭ
ﺃﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ
t know where he lives.
I can't remember what his name is.
when the bus a
idea why she left.
where the
here does he live?
What is his name?
does the bus a
Why did
Where is the office
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
How many , How much
How much far did you go?
How far did you walk?
١٥
have you written this week?
How
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﺍﲰﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰒ
ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
ﻋﻼﻣﺔ
?
at his name is.
when the bus arrives.
left.
where the office is?
here does he live?
is his name?
the bus arrive?
she leave?
Where is the office
Indirect Question
:
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
How much far did you go?
How far did you walk?
have you written this week?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
How
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﲰﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰒ
ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ
.
ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
at his name is.
rrives.
.
office is? ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲣﱪﱐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
:
is his name?
rrive?
leave?
Where is the office?
Indirect Question
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ
.
How much far did you go?
ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ؟ ﻫﺬﺍ
have you written this week?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ
ﺟﻮﻥ
؟
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
...
،
ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰒ
ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ
ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
.
at his name is. ﺍﲰﻪ ﺬﻛﺮ
.
ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
.
ﹶﱂ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻱ
ﺕﻏﺎﺩﺭ
.
ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲣﱪﱐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
!#$ ا !% ال ا
Indirect Question
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
...
ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ
How much far did you go?
؟ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻢ
(
ﺖﻛﺘﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ؟ ﻫﺬﺍ
letters
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
...
ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
،
ﻭ
ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
ﺗ ﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺍﲰﻪ ﺬﻛﺮ
ﻣﱴ
ﻳﺼﻞ
ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﹶﱂ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻱ
ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲣﱪﱐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
!#$ ا !% ال ا
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ
...
How much far did you go?
؟ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻢ
ﻛﻢ
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺖﻛﺘﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ
letters
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ
ﺗ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻌﺎﻣﻞ
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ
ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺗ ﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﺃﺳﺄﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻚ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻳﻦ ﲣﱪﱐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
!#$ ا !% ال ا
-
ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ
How much far did you go? ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
؟ﺖﻣﺸﻴ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻢ
ﻛﻢ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ
-
-
-
!#$ ا !% ال ا
-
185.
I asked him
Iasked him.
You are
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻧﻀـﻊ ﰒ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
don't
I asked him
I asked him.
You are a
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻧﻀـﻊ ﰒ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﻩ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
don't
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need.
I don't know is he coming?
I don't know if he is coming.
I asked him do you have a car.
I asked him. Do you
an English
,
،
ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻧﻀـﻊ ﰒ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
،
ﰒ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
.
ﺔ
,
،
ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need.
I don't know is he coming?
don't know if he is coming.
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
do you have a car.
Do you have a car?
Englishman
ﺍﳉ
ﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ
,
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺍﳌ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺜﺒ
ﺘ
ﺔ
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need.
I don't know is he coming?
don't know if he is coming.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻖ
.
do you have a car.
have a car?
man, aren't you?
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳉ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﹰﺍ
:
ﺍﳌ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
.
ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ
:
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need.
I don't know is he coming?
don't know if he is coming.
١٦
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻖ
do you have a car.
have a car? :
, aren't you?
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﻭﲢﻮﻱ
:
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ
n't
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ
,
،
ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰒ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
،
ﰒ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﹰﺍ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need.
I don't know is he coming?
ﻴﻓ ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
ﹶﻄ
ﺒ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻖ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ
ﹰﺍﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﹰﻼﻓﻌ ﻭﲢﻮﻱ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻟﻪ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳉ
ﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﲢﻮﻱ ﻭﻻ
ﹰﻼﻓﻌ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ
Question tags
:
ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﺣﺪﳘﺎ ،
ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ
I have decided how much money do I need?
I have decided how much money I need. ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﻟﻘﺪ
(
(
ﻴﻓ ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻞ
؟
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
؟
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ
:
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
:
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺖ
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ
didn't
،
ﰒ
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻧﻀﻊ
Question tags
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﺣﺪﳘﺎ ،
ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻴﻓ ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
ﺭﺟﻞ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
ﺍﳌﺬﻳﻞ
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ
.
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
n't
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺖ
doesn't
ﺃﻭ
didn't
' ا ال ا
Question tags
ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃ
ﻴﻓ ﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ
ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻫﻞ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺗﺄﰐ
ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺭﺟﻞ
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
(
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ
(
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
(
ﻛﺎﻧ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺖ
ﺃﻭ
doesn't
' ا ال ا
-
ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
-
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
' ا ال ا
-
186.
١٧
-
ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔﺇﻟﻴﻚ
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ
:
1) He is from London, isn't he? ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ
2) You can swim, can't you? ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺗ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
3) She will be here tomorrow, won't she? ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ
4) She lives in Tokyo, doesn't she? ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻫﻲ
ﻃﻮﻛﻴﻮ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،
5) You came last week, didn't you? ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺃﺗﻴﺖ
ﺃ ،ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ
ﻟ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﻴﺲ
-
ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ
:
1) She isn't here, is she? ﻟ ﻫﻲ
ﺖﻴﺴ
ﻫﻨﺎ
،
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ
2) You weren't here, were you? ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺖ
3) I haven't finished yet, have I? ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ
ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،
4) They don't go to the cinema, do they? ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻫﻢ
187.
١٨
- Questions (1-11);write the question for these statements:
1) This is my book. (Whose?)
2) We found it in the street. (Where?)
3) I live in Madrid. (Where?)
4) Sarah is playing basketball. (What?)
5) She's broken her leg. (How?)
6) To work, about 20 minutes by car. (How long?)
7) Mary's gone home. (Why?)
8) I'd like strawberry, please. (What flavor ice-cream…?)
9) We met him yesterday. (When?)
10) I'll stay at home and read a book, or go to the cinema. (What…rains this weekend?)
11) I'd buy a big house in the country. (What…the lottery?)
- Questions (12-23); select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question:
12) Choose the correct sentence:
A. There's a fly in your soup, is there?
B. There's a fly in your soup, isn't it?
C. There's a fly in your soup, isn't there?
D. None of all above.
13) Choose the correct sentence:
A. I think he's from India, doesn't he?
B. I think he's from India, don't I?
C. I think he's from India, isn't he?
D. None of all above.
14) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Let's go swimming, aren't we?
B. Let's go swimming, isn't it?
C. Let's go swimming, shall we?
D. None of all above.
15) Choose the correct sentence:
A. Pass me the salt, aren't I?
B. Pass me the salt, aren't you?
C. Pass me the salt, won't you?
D. None of all above.
188.
١٩
16) Choose thecorrect sentence:
A. We had better leave, hadn't we?
B. We had better leave, haven't we?
C. We had better leave, weren't we?
D. None of all above.
17) York is in English, ……
A. is it?
B. isn't it?
18) They've finished their homework, ……
A. have they?
B. haven't they?
19) Let's go out for a walk, ……
A. let we?
B. shall we?
20) Open the window, ……
A. don't you?
B. will you?
21) __________, can't he?
A. He can write
B. He can't sing
C. She can't read
22) __________, don't they?
A. We often talk to our neighbors
B. They don't often talk to our neighbors
C. They often talk to our neighbors
23) __________, aren't they?
A. Pat and John are from Mexico
B. Pat and John aren't from Mexico
C. Pat is from Mexico
- Questions (24-30); put the correct question tag:
24) Barbara could have helped you, ……?
25) He has a car, ……?
26) Angela has ordered pizza, ……?
27) Your friends enjoy swimming, ……?
28) They didn't go to Vienna last week, ……?
29) Mark got up at sever, ……?
30) Susan will be 14 next week, ……?
actually
also
mentally
:
Our new neighbor
Howlong have you lived
We arrived
After that we met her quite
However
I hope you will be
ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ
It's a fast train.
It goes very fast.
actually
also ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
mentally ﹰﺎﻋﻘﻠﻴ
long
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
Our new neighbor
How long have you lived
We arrived yesterday
After that we met her quite
However, we learned
I hope you will be
noisy
.
brotherly
ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
.
It's a fast train.
It goes very fast.
actually ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ , perhaps
oddly
, else ﺁﺧﺮ
ﹰﺎﻋﻘﻠﻴ , morally
long ﻃﻮﺍﻝ , always
-ly
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ
slow
Our new neighbor greeted us
How long have you lived
yesterday.
After that we met her quite
, we learned very little
I hope you will be really
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﳚﺮﻯ
:
noisy
noisily
full
.
brotherly
in a brotherly manner
.
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It's a fast train.
It goes very fast.
:
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
, perhaps
oddly ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﳓﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺁﺧﺮ , too ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
, morally ﹰﺎﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴ
, always
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
slow ﺑﻄﻲﺀ
bad ﺳﻲﺀ
greeted us
How long have you lived here? (place)
. (time)
After that we met her quite frequently
very little
really happy.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﳚﺮﻯ
:
noisily
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
fully
ﻣﺜﻞ
brotherly
in a brotherly manner
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It's a fast train.
It goes very fast.
٣
Comment
:
, perhaps ﺭﲟﺎ , maybe
ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﳓﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ , wisely
Adding Limit
:
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ , only
ﹰﺎﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴ , officially
:
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
, always ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ , never
Manner
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﺑﻄﻲﺀ
slowly
ﺳﻲﺀ
badly
greeted us politely
? (place)
frequently
very little about her.
happy. (degree)
-ly
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﳚﺮﻯ
ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﺪﻟﻪ
i
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
ﻓﻨﺤﺬﻑ
ﺃ
ﺣﺪﳘﺎ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ
-ly
in a brotherly manner
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It goes very fast.
Comment Attitude
, maybe ﺭﲟﺎ
, wisely ﲝﻜﻤﺔ
Adding Limit
, only ﻓﻘﻂ , neither
Viewpoint
:
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
, officially ﹰﺎﺭﲰﻴ
Length of Time
:
, never ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ , just
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
Manner
slowly ﺑﻄﻲﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ
badly ﺳﻲﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ
politely. (manner)
? (place)
frequently. (frequency)
about her. (linking)
(degree)
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ
ly
y
ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﺪﻟﻪ
ll
ﻓﻨﺤﺬﻑ
ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ
in a brotherly manner
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It goes very fast.
Attitude
ﺭﲟﺎ , surely
ﲝﻜﻤﺔ , …
Adding Limiting
, neither ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ
Viewpoint
ﹰﺎﺭﲰﻴ , strictly
Length of Time
, just ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
ﺑﻄﻲﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ
ﺳﻲﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ
ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ
:
(manner)
(frequency)
(linking)
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
y
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ll
ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
in a brotherly manner
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It goes very fast.
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ
surely ﺭﻳﺐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﻭﺍﳊﺪ
ing
ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ , …
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
Viewpoint
, strictly ﺑﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
Length of Time
ﻓﻘﻂ , …
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
It goes very fast.
ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ
ﺭﻳﺐ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ,
ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
, …
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
ﺑﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ , …
(
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ
ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ
(
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
(
ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
(
ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ
(
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺻﻔﺔ
It goes very fast. ﻇﺮﻑ
٧
(
ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
٨
(
ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
٩
(
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ
١٠
(
-
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ
-
ﺑﻌﺾ
-
١
(
٢
(
٣
(
٤
(
192.
٤
Strangely, she nevertalked about herself. (comment attitude)
She talked only about us and the weather. (adding limiting)
Personally, I found that annoying. (viewpoint)
Have you ever met anyone like that? (length of time)
-
ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺩﺱ
ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
be
ـﺎﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍ
ﺃﻭ
ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
Linking Verbs
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ
.
ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈـﺮ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
:
He has run good. ﺧﻄﺄ
He has run well. )
ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺟﺮ
ﻯ
ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
( ﺻﺢ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
good
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ
run
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻫﻮ
be
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻧﻀـﻊ
ﻇﺮﻑ
ﻭﻇﺮﻑ
good
ﻫﻮ
well
.
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﳏﻞ ﳛﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻇﺮﻑ
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ
be
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
.
He is well. ﳝﻜﻦ
He is good. ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
-
ﻣﻮﺿﻊ
ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ
:
ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻭﻫﻢ
:
١
(
ﰲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
)
ﻟﻪ
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
(
:
ﺃ
-
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ
.
Occasionally John wakes up early. ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
ﹰﺍﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺟﻮﻥ
.
٢
(
ﰲ
ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
)
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻪ
ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ
:(
ﺃ
-
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ
)
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺇﻥ
.(
John has occasionally waked up early. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
ﻗﺪ
ﹰﺍﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ
.
ﺏ
-
ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺃﺣﺪ
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
be
)
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺇﻥ
be
.(
John is occasionally asleep. ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
ﹰﺎﻧﺎﺋﻤ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
.
ﺟـ
-
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ
)
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﻥ
be
.(
John occasionally wakes up early. ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
ﹰﺍﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ
.
٣
(
ﰲ
ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉ
ﻤﻠﺔ
:
John wakes up occasionally. ﹰﺍﻣﺒﻜﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
.
193.
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ:
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺿﻤﲑ: all
Go to there.
Go there.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻪ
:
: all of the book.
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ: all
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ:
all of them.
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻪ
of the book.
all of the books.
: all of the oil.
of them.
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺎﻳﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ
....
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻪ
of the book.
of the books.
of the oil.
of them.
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
Comment Attitude
Adding or Limiting
٥
ﻛﻞ ، ﲨﻴﻊ
....
of the books.
of the oil.
of them.
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
Manner
Place
Time
Degree
Frequency
Linking
Comment Attitude
Adding or Limiting
Viewpoint
Length of time
ﻛ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺎﻣﻠ
ﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ
of the books.
of the oil.
of them.
to
.
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
.
ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ
Manner
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ
Place
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ
Time
ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
Degree
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ
Frequency
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
Linking
Comment Attitude
Adding or Limiting
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ
Viewpoint
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ
Length of time
ﻛ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
of the books.
of the oil.
of them.
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻻ
to
Go to there.
Go there.
ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ
Comment Attitude
ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
Adding or Limiting
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﻛ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
all + of +
:
.
.
.
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻻ
Go to there.
Go there.
ﻟﻪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ
ﻭﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﺍﺳﻢ
all + of +
ﻛﻞ
ﺍﻟ
ﻜﺘﺎﺏ
.
ﲨﻴﻊ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ
.
ﻛﻞ
ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ
.
ﲨﻴﻌ
ﻨﺎ
.
all
:
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻻ
Go to there. ﺧﻄﺄ
Go there. ﺻﺢ
ﻟﻪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
−
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
١
(
ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻛﻞ
ﲨﻴﻊ
all
-
-
194.
٦
٢
(
ﺍﺳﻢ
all +
:
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ:all the book.
ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ : all the books.
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﲑ ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ: all the oil.
٣
(
+ all
ﺿﻤﲑ
:
We all enjoyed the play. ﲨﻴﻌ
ﻨ
ﺎ
ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ
.
You all are smart. ﲨﻴﻌﻜﻢ
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ
.
٤
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﻀﻤﲑ
:
Would you like to buy anything else? ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻞ
No, thank you. That's all. ﻟﻚ ﹰﺍﺷﻜﺮ ،ﻻ
.
ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ
.
−
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﻋﻄﻒ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ، ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ
ﺃﻥ
ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
Although this computer is cheap, it is one of the best machines on the
market.
-
ﻳﺄﺗﻴ
ﺎﻥ
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺁﺧﺮ
.
-
another = an + other
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
another
ﻭ
other
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
other
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺃ
ﲰ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺎﺀ
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،
another
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻷﲰﺎﺀ
.
I don't like this one. Show me another things. ﺧﻄﺄ
I don't like this one. Show me another thing. ﺻﺢ
I don't like this one. Show me other things. ﺻﺢ
I will read the other books. ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺳﺄﻗﺮﺃ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻵﺧﺮ
ﻯ
.
although
:
another other
:
195.
٧
ﻛﻠﺒ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ
ﲔ
ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ
)
ﹰﺎﻛﻠﺒ
ﺁﺧﺮ
/
ﹰﺍﻭﺍﺣﺪ
ﺁﺧﺮ
.(
Theyhave two dogs, and now they want another (dog/one)
-
ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﺻﻔﺔ
ﻭ
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
ﺑﻌﺾ
....
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
any
ﻭ
some
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
any
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻳﺄﰐ
)
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ
(
ﺃﻣـﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
some
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﺄﰐ
.
I want some eggs. ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ
.
Do you want any eggs? ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻞ
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ؟
I don't want any eggs. ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ
.
-
ﻟﻪ
ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
١
(
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺳﺒﻖ
ﺷﺮﺣﻪ
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ
.
٢
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻋﻄﻒ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
، ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
ﻛـ ، ﻣﺜﻞ
.
It looks as if it's going to rain. ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺎﺇ
ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ ﺎﺃ
.
He works well as me. ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺜﻠ
ﻲ
.
٣
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﺤﺮﻑ
ﻋﻄﻒ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﻥ ﲟﺎ
ﻷﻥ ،
Because
.
)
ﺃﻥ ﲟﺎ
/
ﻷﻥ
(
ﹰﺎﺳﻨ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﺪﺍ
،
ﻓ
ﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﺠﺐ
ﺑﺎﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ
ﺍﻵ
ﺧﺮﻳﻦ
.
(As/Because) Linda is the eldest, she has to look after the other
children.
-
because
ﻫﻮ
ﺣ
ﻋﻄﻒ ﺮﻑ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،
because of
ﻓ
ﻬﻮ
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
.
-
ﻳ
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
because
ﻭ
because of
ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ، ﻷﻥ
.
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
because
ﻭ
because of
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
because
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﲨﻠﺔ
because
of
ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
ﺿﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ
.
as
:
because/because of
:
any some
:
196.
٨
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﺃﻥﻧﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ
ﻷ
ﺎ
ﲤﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
.
We couldn't play tennis because it was raining.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ
ﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
.
We couldn't play tennis (because of/due to) the rain.
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛ
ﻀﻤﲑ
ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﳌﺜﲎ
ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ، ﻛﻼ
.
-
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
all
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
both
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍ ﻣﻊ
ﳌﺜﲎ
.
-
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
١
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
Both … and
:
Both his mother and father… ﻛﻼ
ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ
...
٢
(
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ
Both + of +
:
Both of the players. ﻛﻼ
ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟ
ﻼ
ﻋﺒﲔ
.
Both of his mother and father… (and ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻷﻧﻪ
٣
(
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ
Both +
:
Both (the) players. ﻛﻼ
ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﲔ
.
٤
(
ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻟ
ﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸ
ﺨ
ﺼﻴﺔ
.
They both have similar tastes. ﻛﻼ
ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻭﻕ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﳘﺎ
.
٥
(
both
+
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ
ﲨﻊ
:
ﻭﺃﻣﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﻩ
ﻛﻼ
ﻃﺎﻫﻴ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳘﺎ
ﻴ
ﳑﺘﺎﺯﻳ ﻦ
ﻴ
ﻦ
.
His father and mother were both excellent cooks.
٦
(
ﻛﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ
:
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺭﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺫﳌﻚ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺬﺍﺏ
.
ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ
ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ
.
This dress is cheaper, but that one is more attractive. I think I'll buy
(both/both of them).
both
:
١٠
ﹰﻻﺃﻭ
/
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ
Present Condition
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔﻟﻪ
:
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ … , … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
If I eat too much, I get fat. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺁﻛﻞ
ﺃ
ﺻﺒﺢ
ﲰ
ﻴ
ﻨ
ﹰﺎ
.
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﺮﻓﺮﻑ
ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ
ﻋﻠﻤ
ﹰﺎ
ﺃﲪﺮ
ﹰﺍ
ﻓﻬﺬﺍ
ﹰﺓﻋﺎﺩ
ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻳﻌﲏ
.
ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
If somebody waves a red flag, it usually means danger.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
When I eat too much, I get fat.
When somebody waves a red flag, it usually means danger.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ
ﻣﺎ
ﻦ
ﻌﲤ ،ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺻﺤﻴﺤ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ
.
ﹰﺎﺛﺎﻧﻴ
/
ﺍﻷ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻭﱃ
First Condition
:
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
If + … ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … , … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻟﻮ
ﺃﻛﻠ
ﺖ
ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ
،
ﺳ
ﻮﻑ
ﺗ
ﺸﻌﺮ
ﺑﺘﻮﻋﻚ
.
If she eats all that ice cream, (she will/she'll) feel terrible.
!ا #$ا
Conditional Clauses
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
:
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
199.
١١
ﻟﻮ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﳌ
ﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ
ﺃﻗﺮﺿﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ،
.
If I have enough money, (I will/I'll) lend you.
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘ
ﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ
:
ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻫﻲ
ﺑﺘﻮﻋﻚ
ﻟﻮ
ﺃﻛﻠ
ﺖ
ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ
.
(She will/She'll) feel terrible if she eats all that ice cream.
ﺃﻗﺮﺿﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻮ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﳌ
ﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ
.
(I will/I'll) lend you if I have enough money.
ﻟﻠﺘﻨ
ﳏﺘﻤ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﺆ
،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹰﻼﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻞ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻦ
ﻌﲤ
.
ﺛﺎ
ﹰﺎﻟﺜ
/
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
Second Condition
:
-
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ
unreal present
ﻭ
unreal future
ﹰﺎﻻﺣﻘ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …WOULD
ﻟﻮ
ﱂ
ﺗﻜﻦ
ﺗﺄ
،ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻛﻞ
ﻟ
ﺖﻜﻨ
ﻗﺪ
ﺕﻓﻘﺪ
ﻭﺯﻧﻚ
.
If you didn't eat so much, (you would/you'd) lose your weight.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺳﺘﻔﻘﺪ
ﻭﺯﻧﻚ
ﻟﻮ
ﱂ
ﺗﻜﻦ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ
.
(You would/You'd) lose your weight if you didn't eat so much.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺭﲟﺎ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﳉ
ﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ
:
200.
If I workedhar
If I have
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
.
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣـﱴ
If I were
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
it
(
He would
If I worked har
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
.
have a car, I would
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ
.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣـﱴ
were you,
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
He would
You would
If I worked hard, I'd be so
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
a car, I would
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ
Third C
:
ﹰﺎﻻﺣﻘ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
.
If + … ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ
was
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣـﱴ
you, (I would/
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
) :
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺴﺘﺜﲎ
ﻳ
He'd , She would
You would
We would
be so rich
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
a car, I would go to work
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﺬﺍ
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ
Third C
ﹰﺎﻻﺣﻘ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻋـﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿـ
was
would/I'd) get a job immediately.
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'd , She would
You would
You'd , They would
We would
١٢
rich.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
.
to work easily.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
Third Condition
imaginary past
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …WOULD HAVE
were
ﻋـﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿـ
ﹰﺍﻓﻮﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
get a job immediately.
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
He'd , She would
You'd , They would
We'd , I would
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ
ﺖﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﲜﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
easily.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ondition
imaginary past
… , …WOULD HAVE
ﻭﺿـﻊ
were
It
.
ﺖ
ﹰﺍﻓﻮﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
get a job immediately.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ
،
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
You'd , They would
We'd , I would
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ
ﺖﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﲜﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ
ﻮﻑ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
If he lent me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home easily
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
unreal past
ﺃﻭ
imaginary past
… , …WOULD HAVE
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻭﺿـﻊ
She
ﺃﻭ
It
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ
ﻗﺪ
ﺣﺼﻠ
ﺖ
get a job immediately.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
You'd , They would
They'd ,
We'd , I would
I'd
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ
ﺖﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﲜﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
ﲜﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ
go home easily
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺑﻌ
/
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
unreal past
… , …WOULD HAVE
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
He
ﺃﻭ
She
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
She'd , It would
It'd
They'd ,
I'd
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ
ﺖﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﲜﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﲜﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ
ﻫﻮ
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ
go home easily.
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ
unreal past
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ
It'd )
ﻧﺎﺩﺭ
(
They'd ,
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﹰﺎﻏﻨﻴ
ﺖﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﲜﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ
ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ
ﺖﺫﻫﺒ ﻗﺪ
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ ،ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﻟﻮ
ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
-
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
−
-
201.
١٣
ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻟﻮ
ﲜﺪ
،
ﻟ
ﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﳒﺤﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ
.
If(they had/they'd) studied hard, they would have succeeded.
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
:
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﺳﻴﻨ
ﺠﺤ
ﻮ
ﻥ
ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻟﻮ
ﲜﺪ
.
They would have succeeded if (they had/they'd) studied hard.
ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴ
ﻞ
.
ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﱂ
،
ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ
ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ
ﳛﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﲟﺎﺿﻲ
ﻳﻌﺪ ﻭﱂ ،
ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ
ﺗﻐﻴ
ﲑ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﻣﺴﻜﲔ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺎﻟﻪ
!
ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳌﺎ ،ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻗﺎﺩ ﻟﻮ
ﹸ
ﺃ
ﺻﻴﺐ
.
Poor man! If he had driven more carefully, he wouldn't have been
injured.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﺪ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻓ
ﻬﻮ
ﹸ
ﺃ ﻗﺪ
ﺻﻴﺐ
.
ﱂ ﻟﻮ
ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ
ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ
ﻣ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ ﺒﺲ
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﹰﺎﳐﺘﻠﻔ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ،
.
If Christopher Columbus hadn't discovered America, the history of
the world would have been quite different.
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲣﻴﻞ
،
ﻓﻠﻘﺪ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ
ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻞ
.
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﺖﻋﺸ ﻟﻮ
ﺖﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌ ﻗﺪ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ
.
If you'd lived in the 19th
century, you wouldn't have driven a car.
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻞ
.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
:
202.
If you arehungry, have lunch
If he won't
If I wanted
Each girl in the class has homework.
Each of these rooms
When the children entered,
children was given a present).
Each rooms…
Each of rooms…
Each of
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
.
Do you and John know
Yes, we've talked to
If you are hungry, have lunch
won't agree, there will be
If I wanted something, I always get it.
girl in the class has homework.
of these rooms
When the children entered,
children was given a present).
rooms…
of rooms…
ﻷﻥ ﲨـﻊ
Each of
ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﲏ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
ﺑﻌﻀـ ، ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
.
Do you and John know
Yes, we've talked to
If + …
If you are hungry, have lunch
If + …
agree, there will be
If + …
something, I always get it.
girl in the class has homework.
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
.
of these rooms has
When the children entered,
children was given a present).
rooms…
of rooms…
rooms
ﻷﻥ ﲨـﻊ
ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﲏ
ﺑﻌﻀـ ، ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
Do you and John know
Yes, we've talked to each other
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
If you are hungry, have lunch
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
agree, there will be
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ
something, I always get it.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
girl in the class has homework.
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
has a telephone.
When the children entered, (each
children was given a present).
rooms…
of rooms…
have
ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ
rooms
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﲏ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺑﻌﻀـ ، ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
Do you and John know each other
each other
١٤
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
If you are hungry, have lunch.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …
agree, there will be a problem.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …
something, I always get it.
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﹸ
ﻛ
ﹾﻞ
....
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
girl in the class has homework.
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
a telephone.
ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻲﻄﻋﹸ
ﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
.
each was given a present
children was given a present).
of rooms…
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
have
ﻭ ،
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
each other?
each other before.
:
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …
.
… , … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
a problem. ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻜﻮﻥ
.
… , … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
something, I always get it.
ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ
girl in the class has homework.
ﻛﻞ
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻲﻄﻋﹸ
ﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
was given a present
has
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ
.
before.
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺷﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ
:
… , … ﺃﻣﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻜﻮﻥ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺼﻞ ،ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ
ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ
.
ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
girl in the class has homework. ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
.
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻦ
.
ﺃﻭ
ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻲﻄﻋﹸ
ﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
was given a present
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
has
ﺗﻌﲏ
ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
each other
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻤﺎ
؟
ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﹰﺎﺧﺎﻣﺴ
/
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺷﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،ﺟﺎﺋﻊ
.
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺳ ،ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ
ﻴ
ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻜﻮﻥ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺼﻞ ،ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ
ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻦ
ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ
،
ﻛﻞ
was given a present/each of t
ﲨﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ
(
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
these rooms
ﺗﻌﲏ
each other
ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﻣﻊ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ ،ﻧﻌﻢ
ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ
ﹰﺎﺧﺎﻣﺴ
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،ﺟﺎﺋﻊ
ﺳ ،ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺕﺃﺭﺩ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺼﻞ ،ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ
ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﻞ
ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
ﻛﻞ
ﻣ
ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻦ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ
each of the
ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﲨﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺻﺢ
each
:
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
these rooms
ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ
each other
ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﻣﻊ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻘﺪ ،ﻧﻌﻢ
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺇ
ﺳ ،ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ
−
ﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﻞ
ﻛﻞ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
each
-
-
203.
١٥
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
also
ﻛﻈﺮﻑ
ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
Shealso plays tennis. ﻫﻲ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ
.
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
else
ﻛ
ﻈﺮﻑ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺁﺧﺮ
.
ﻭ
ﺳﺒﻘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺣﺮﻑ
ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ
or
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻭﺇﻻ
otherwise
.
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
ﺷﺨﺺ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ،
ﺁﺧﺮ
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ
.
I am very busy, there is someone else help you.
ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﻭﺇﻻ
ﺑﻚ ﺳﻴﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ
.
You should leave it, (or else/otherwise) they will catch you.
-
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺣﱴ
،
ﻗﺒﻞ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
if
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
.
I haven't even started it. ﺑﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺣﱴ
.
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺑﻴﻊ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺣﱴ
ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﲏ ﻟﻮ
.
I wouldn't sell this house even if you gave me a million dollars.
−
ﻫﻮ
ﻇﺮﻑ
.
−
ever
ﻋﻜﺲ
never
.
−
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ
ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻱ ﰲ
at any time
ﺃﻭ
ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺃﻱ ﰲ
ﰲ
ﺣﻴﺎﺗـﻚ
at any time in your
life
.
−
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻦ
ever
ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﲨﻞ ﻣﻊ
.
ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ
:
ﹰﺎﺛﻌﺒﺎﻧ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ
؟
)
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ
:
ﺛﻌﺒﺎﻥ؟ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻫﻞ
(
Did you ever see a snake?
ﺃﺭﻯ ﱂ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ
.
I haven't ever seen such wonderful paintings.
else also
:
ever
:
even
:
204.
ﺃﻥ
Have you
This isthe best
Every girl in the class has homework.
Every boy has to have a pen.
Every growing child needs milk.
Our cat had five kittens, and
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
ﻫـﻮ
ﺃﻥ
Every one
(Each/Both)
He was carrying a suitcase in
He was carrying a suitcase in
Have you ever
the best
girl in the class has homework.
boy has to have a pen.
growing child needs milk.
Our cat had five kittens, and
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
one of my parents…
/Both) of my parents…
He was carrying a suitcase in
He was carrying a suitcase in
؟
(
visited Paris
the best book I have
girl in the class has homework.
boy has to have a pen.
growing child needs milk.
Our cat had five kittens, and
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،
of my parents…
of my parents…
He was carrying a suitcase in
He was carrying a suitcase in
ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﺕ ﻫﻞ
؟
visited Paris?
I have ever
....
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
girl in the class has homework.
boy has to have a pen.
growing child needs milk.
ﹰﺎﺃﺑﻴﻀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ
.
Our cat had five kittens, and every
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ
each
.
of my parents…
of my parents…
He was carrying a suitcase in
He was carrying a suitcase in
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
١٦
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ
:
ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﺕ ﻫﻞ
ever seen.
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹸ
ﻛ
ﹾﻞ
....
girl in the class has homework.
boy has to have a pen.
growing child needs milk.
ﹰﺎﺃﺑﻴﻀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ
every one
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ
of my parents…
He was carrying a suitcase in every hand
He was carrying a suitcase in each hand
child
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ
:
ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺯﺭﺕ ﻫﻞ
seen.
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
girl in the class has homework.
boy has to have a pen.
،ﺻﻐﲑﺓ
ﻛﻞ
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
ﹰﺎﺃﺑﻴﻀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ
one of them was white.
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﺍﳌﺜﲎ
two
ﺍﻷﺏ
ﻭﺍﻷﻡ
(
hand.
hand.
ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
boy
ﻭ
child
ever
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻊ
ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ
؟
)
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﰲ
.
each
.
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
girl in the class has homework. ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
.
ﺘﲔ
:
ﻗﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﺪ
.
ﺣﻠﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ
.
ﻫﺮﺭ
ﺓ
،ﺻﻐﲑﺓ
of them was white.
every , each
:
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻣﻊ
ﺍﳌﺜﲎ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﺜﲎ
ﺍﻷﺏ
.
parents
ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ever
ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ
ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﰲ
ﻛﺘﺎﺏ
ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ
ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﰲ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﻟﻪ
each
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺘﲔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ
ﺘﲔ
every +
:
ﻗﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﺪ
ﻳﻨﻤﻮ
ﺣﻠﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ
every + one
:
ﲬﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻨﺎ
ﻫﺮﺭ
of them was white.
every , each
each
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳍﻤﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
parents
ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
ﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻦ
ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻫﻞ
ﺕﺯﺭ
ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ
ﻫﺬ
ﺍ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
ﻛﺘﺎﺏ
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﻟﻪ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﻛﻞ
ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
every +
ﻛﻞ
ﻗﻠﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻟﺪ
ﻛﻞ
ﻃﻔﻞ
ﻳﻨﻤﻮ
every + one
ﻗﻄ
ﺘ
ﲬﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻨﺎ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
every , each
every
ﻭ
each
every
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
ﺻﺢ
ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
every
:
ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
-
ﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻦ
ﻫﻞ
ﻫﺬ
−
ﻣﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﹰﺎﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﻟﻪ
−
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﻞ
−
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ
١
(
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻛﻞ
٢
(
every + one
ﻗﻄ
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
every
every
ﺧﻄﺄ
every
-
205.
١٧
-
ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﻭ
ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﻪ
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
١
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + noun phrase
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﳛﺼﻞ
obtain
.
He got the car from his friend. ﻫﻮ
ﺣﺼﻞ
ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
٢
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + adjective
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﺼﺒﺢ
become
.
You will get fat. ﺳ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺘﺼﺒﺢ
ﹰﺎﲰﻴﻨ
.
٣
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + place
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﺼﻞ
arrive
.
When I get home, I will phone you. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺃﺻﻞ
ﺑﻚ ﺳﺄﺗﺼﻞ ،ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ
.
٤
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + noun + noun
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﳚﻠﺐ
fetch
.
I will get you something to eat it. ﺳ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺄﺟﻠﺐ
ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﻟﻚ
.
٥
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + noun + adverb
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﺄﺧﺬ
take
.
I have to get some money. ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳚﺐ
ﺁﺧﺬ
ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ
.
٦
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
get + noun + to + Verb.1
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﺎ
make someone do something
.
They tried to get me to sign. ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﳚﻌﻠﻮ
ﱐ
ﺃ
ﺳﺠﻞ
.
−
ﻭﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
get
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻥﻣﻌﺎ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
١
(
get to
:
ﺑﺎﻟ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
ﻣﻊ ﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
...
،
ﺑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﻔﻌﻞ
.
Leave it with me; I’ll get to it later. ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ ،ﻣﻌﻲ ﺩﻋﻪ
ﹰﺎﻻﺣﻘ
.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻳﺒﺪﺅﻭﻥ
ﻟﻦ
ﻧﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
.
When they get to arguing, we’ll never stop them.
٢
(
get out
:
ﳜﺮﺝ
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ،
.
٣
(
get up
:
ﻳﻨﻬﺾ
ﻳﻘﻒ ،
.
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ
Microsoft Encarta®
get
:
206.
١٨
-
ﺳﺒﻖ
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻢ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ
.
-
here there
ﳘﺎ
ﻭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﻇﺮﻓﺎ
ﻣﻜﺎﻥ
.
-
here
ﻳ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺄﰐ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
-
there
ﻳ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺄﰐ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ،
.
-
ﳝﻜ
ﺃﻥ ﻦ
ﻳﻠﻲ
here , there
ﺍﻟ
ﻔﻌﻞ
be
.
There are cats.
ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻚ
ﻗﻄﻂ
.
I'll meet you there.
ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺳﺄﻗﺎﺑﻠﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
.
-
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
here
ﻭ
there
ﺍﳉﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ
in , up , down , over
.
It is (in) here. ﺇﻧﻪ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
You must be careful (up) here. ﹰﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ
.
-
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ
home
ﻳ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺄﰐ
ﻣﱰﻝ ، ﻣﻮﻃﻦ
ﻭﻟﻜ
ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳝﻴﺰﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻦ
ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﻳ
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺴﺒﻘﻪ
ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
from , at
ﻻ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ ،
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
ﺃﻭ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ
.
Go home. ﺇﱃ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
I am at home. ﰲ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
I am going to home. ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
I left the home.
ﺕﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
.
-
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ
-ing
ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ
:
١
(
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ
.
He is playing tennis. ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻫﻮ
.
She was driving at 120mph. ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
١٢٠
ﻣﻴﻞ
/
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ
.
here there
:
home
:
ل%'أ
-ing forms
:
207.
١٩
٢
(
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
.
I have been working since 7:00. ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
٣
(
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﳍﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
-ing
ﺍﲰ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
ﹰﺎ
.
swim ﻳﺴﺒﺢ
swimming ﺳﺒﺎﺣﺔ , cook ﻳﻄﺒﺦ
cooking ﻃﺒﺦ
Swimming is my favorite sport. ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ
ﻫﻲ
ﺭﻳﺎﺿﱵ
ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ
.
٤
(
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﳍﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
-ing
ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ
.
bore ﻳﻀﺠﺮ
boring ﻣﻀﺠﺮ , fascinate ﻳﻔﱳ
fascinating ﻓﺎﺗﻦ
٥
(
ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
(see , hear , feel , watch , smell , notice)
ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻏﲑ
.
We saw them leaving the house. ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﳓﻦ
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻏﲑ
I could smell the burning. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺷﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
I can hear someone coming. ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﲰﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﺎﺁﺗﻴ
.
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻏﲑ
-
instead
ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻇﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ
instead of
ﻓﻬﻮ
ﺟﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ
.
-
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼ
instead
ﻭ
instead of
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﻋﻦ
ﹰﻻﺑﺪ ،
ﻣﻦ
in place of
.
-
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
instead
ﻭ
instead of
ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ
instead
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﲨﻠﺔ
instead of
ﺿﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻛﻮﺑ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻻ ﺁﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻛﻮﺑ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﻞ
ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ
؟
I'm sorry I can't give you a cup of tea. Would you like a cup of coffee
instead?
ﺍﳌﻄﺒﺦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﰐ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻚ
.
You can help me to clean the kitchen instead of sitting here.
instead/instead of
:
208.
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
Let
.
Lethim
(Let us/
I like potato.
،ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
He would
What would you
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
My mother works
My mother works
ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،
.
ﺭﺍﺟـﻊ
Let + Object
him talk.
/Let's) walk
potato.
،ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
would like a coffee.
What would you
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
My mother works
My mother works
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻞ
ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
ﻗﻬـﻮﺓ
.
Object + Verb
talk.
walk.
potato.
want
،ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
a coffee.
What would you like to do?
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
My mother works like
My mother works as a teacher.
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻞ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
ﻗﻬﻮﺓ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ
ﻭﻟﻴﺲ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺄﰐ
Verb.1
talk.
potato.
ﻳﺮﻳﺪ
want
a coffee.
to do?
ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ
as
؟
a slave.
a teacher.
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ
ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻞ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻗﻬﻮﺓ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
.
٢٠
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺄﰐ
talk.
ﺇﱃ ﳝﻴﻞ
...
.
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﲟﻌﲎ
to do?
ﻟﻜﻦ
ﻣ
ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ
a slave.
a teacher.
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻫﻲ
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
if
ﰲ ﺇﻻ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ
ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺄﰐ
، ﻳﺮﻭﻕ
ﺇﱃ ﳝﻴﻞ
would
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
ﻛـ ، ﻣﺜﻞ
.
ﻟﻜﻦ
a teacher.
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﰲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻻ
if
ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
Let's
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺄﰐ
، ﳛﺐ ، ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
، ﻳﺮﻭﻕ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ
.
would + like
ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧ
.
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
، ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
ﻛـ ، ﻣﺜﻞ
a teacher.
ﻛﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﰲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺃﻥ
like
coffee
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
Let us
ﺇﱃ
Let's
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻳﺪﻉ
ﻭ ،
ﻳ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ ﺄﰐ
.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻔﻌﻞ
، ﳛﺐ ، ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
ﺃﺣﺐ
/
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ
(
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ
like
ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧ
ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺟﺮ ﺤﺮﻑ
، ﻳﺸﺒﻪ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﻛ
ﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ
.
a teacher. ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﻛ
ﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ
.
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻛﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ
coffee
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
Let us
ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺩﻋﻪ
ﻳ
ﺘﻜﻠﻢ
.
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ
ﻧﺘﻤﺸﻰ
.
ﻟﻪ
ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻔﻌﻞ
ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺃﺣﺐ
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻫﻮ
ﻳﺮﻳﺪ
ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧ
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺟﺮ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
let
:
like
:
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ
ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
-
ﻫﻮ
ﺩﻋﻪ
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ
-
ﻟﻪ
١
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
٢
(
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
٣
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ
let
like
-
-
209.
٢١
It looks likeif it's going to rain. ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺎﺇ
ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ ﺎﺃ
.
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ
It looks as if it's going to rain. ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺎﺇ
ﻛﻤﺎ
ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ ﺎﺃ
.
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
−
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﻈﺮﻑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺭﲟﺎ
perhaps
،
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺍﻛﺒﲑ ﹰﺎﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓ ﻭﳜﺘﻠﻒ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
may
.
−
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
maybe
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
:
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
maybe
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻂ
ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ
may
.
−
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
maybe
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ
may
.
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ
:
He may be coming. ﻫﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺁﰐ
.
Maybe he is coming.
You may be a doctor. ﺃﻧﺖ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﻃﺒﻴﺒ
.
Maybe you are a doctor.
They may have gone to shop. ﻫﻢ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ
.
Maybe they went to shop.
−
ﻭﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
ﳚﺐ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
maybe
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
may
.
ﻣﺜﻞ
:
Maybe he will go. ﻫﻮ
ﺭﲟﺎ
ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ
.
He may will go. ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺁﺧﺮ
(
-
ﻟ ﻳﺴﺨﺪﻡ
ﻠ
ﻨﻔﻲ
ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﲎ
ﺍﳌ
ﺜﺒﺘﺔ
.
−
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺄﰐ
:
١
(
ﲨﻊ
+
of
+
neither
.
I like neither of them. ﺃﺣﺐ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻛﻼ
ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ
.
٢
(
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
+
neither
.
Neither machine works. .ﺗﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻷﻟﺘﲔ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺃﻭ .ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ
٣
(
Noun Phrase
+
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ
+
neither
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
too
.
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻻ ﻫﻲ
ﻭ
ﻻ
ﺃﺧﺎﻫﺎ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
She can't play today, and neither can her brother.
maybe
:
neither
:
210.
٢٢
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﹰﺍﺣﺎﺭ ﲡﺪﻩﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
ﹰﺍﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﲡﺪﻩ ﻟﻦ
.
You won't find it hot, but neither will you be freezing cold.
٤
(
neither … nor
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
ﻻ
...
ﻭﻻ
...
.
Neither my boss nor his wife can cook. ﻻ
ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ
ﻭﻻ
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ
.
٥
(
ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﻀﻤﲑ
.
Which of these two clothes is yours? ﻟﻚ؟ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻱ
Neither (of them)! ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ
ﻣﻨﻬﻢ
.
-
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ
.
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻛﻈﺮﻑ
ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ
ﺍ
ﳌﻄﻠﻖ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
،
، ﹰﺎﻣﻄﻠﻘ ، ﹰﺎﺇﻃﻼﻗ
ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
-
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
never
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
:
ﻳﻜـﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
.
I will never talk to you. ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
/
ﹰﺎﺇﻃﻼﻗ
.(
I will not never talk to you. ﺧﻄﺄ
I will not ever talk to you. (never ﻋﻜﺲ ever ﺻﺢ
)
ﻷﻥ
-
Noun Phrase
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻫﻮ
ﻣ
ﻣ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
.
-
ﻳﺄﰐ
Noun Phrase
ﺑﻮﺟ ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻮ
ﺩ
determiner
.
-
ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺄﰐ
determiner
...
ﺇﱁ
.
-
ﻣﻦ
ﺃﺩﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ
determiner
:
١
(
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ
a , an , the
.
٢
(
ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
my , his , her , John's , …
.
٣
(
ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
this , that , these , those
.
٤
(
all , some , any , every , each , either , neither , one , another
.
never
:
Noun Phrase
:
211.
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﰲ
The
My father
He gave
Theboy
،
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ﳎـﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
ﰲ
The dog jumped
I paid (over
My hand is
My hand is
ﺗﻠﻤﺴـﺎﻥ
many , much , more , most , few
.
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
.
The City Center
My father gave
gave it to her
boy went out.
determiner
،
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﳎـﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
The dog jumped
over/more than
My hand is upon
My hand is over
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺗﻠﻤﺴـﺎﻥ
many , much , more , most , few
what? , which? , whose?
.
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
Center - An old
The pen
gave my mother
her.
went out. They
(
ﻫﻢ
determiner
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
The dog jumped over the fence.
more than
upon the table
over the table
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
many , much , more , most , few
what? , which? , whose?
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
An old man
pen - Mary's
my mother this book
They had eaten with
the , a , an
(
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﻣ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
the fence.
more than) 50$ for this camera
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
:
the table.
the table.
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
٢٣
many , much , more , most , few
what? , which? , whose?
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
man - This
Mary's books
this book.
had eaten with
the , a , an , your
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ
the fence.
for this camera
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ
.
many , much , more , most , few
what? , which? , whose?
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
This book
books - those
.
had eaten with no light
, your , 's , those
Noun Phrase
ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ
more than
.
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﲑﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﹰﺍﺩﻭﻻﺭ
.
for this camera.
upon
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ
above
.
many , much , more , most , few , fewest , little , least
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ
:
what? , which? , whose?
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
whatever , wherever , whichever , …
book - Your
those books
no light on the table
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
)
, 's , those
Noun Phrase
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻓﻮﻕ
.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺝ
.
more than
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﲑﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﹰﺍﺩﻭﻻﺭ
over
ﻭﺑﲔ
upon
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ
over
ﻭ
above
, fewest , little , least
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ
Wh-ever
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
Your cat - A
books
the table
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ
ﻫﻢ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ
Noun Phrase
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ
:
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺝ ﻓﻮﻕ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
more than
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
٥٠
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﲑﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﹰﺍﺩﻭﻻﺭ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
over
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ
ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
over
, fewest , little , least
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ
ever
ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ
:
A book -
the table.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻫﻢ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ
ﻗﻔ
ﺰ
ﻓﻮﻕ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
over
:
ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ
ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻻ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ
ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
٥
(
, fewest , little , least
٦
(
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ
٧
(
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ
-
ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ
-
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ
ﻫﻢ ﺧﻂ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ
-
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
over
-
-
212.
٢٤
٣
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ
finished
.
That bell meansthat the class is over. ﻗﺪ ﺍﳊﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ
.
٤
(
over here
ﻭ
over there
:
ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ
.
-
ﺍﳌﻨﻘـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜـﻼﻡ ﺍﲰﻬـﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
Reported
Speech
ﺃﻭ
Indirect Speech
.
-
ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ
ﺍﳌ
ﺒﺎﺷﺮ
ﺇﱃ
ﻛﻼﻡ
ﻣﻨﻘﻮ
ﻝ
،
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳚﺐ
ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻴ
ﲑﺍﺕ
ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ
:
١
(
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻎ
:
-
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
I love you. ﻚﺃﺣﺒ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
He told her (that) he loved her. ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
ﻫﺎ
ﺑ
ﺄﻧﻪ
ﺃﺣﺒﻬﺎ
.
-
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ
ﻫﺎﺩﺋﲔ
.
ﺃ
ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻧﺎ
.
Be quiet. I'm talking on the phone.
ﻫﻲ
ﺃﻣﺮﺗﻨﺎ
ﻧ ﺑﺄﻥ
ﻜﻮﻥ
ﻫ
ﺎﺩﺋﲔ
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
ﺗﻜﻠﻤ
ﻬﺎ
ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
She told us to be quiet while she was talking on the phone.
Where's Susan?
Well, why don't you ask her to
come over and talk to us?
She's over there
by the door.
زان؟ , -.أ
؟%/#01و %/ه 3إ 5161 أن %7/ 8091 : ذا%#، ً
%/
ب%@ا 8A%$B ك%/ه %7Aإ
.
ل /#ا مFا
Reported Speech
:
213.
The rain
He said(that) the rain
She's been having
Mary's mother said (that) she
Italy.
I met you when you were a student.
She told me (that) she
I was driving
He told the police (that) he
accident happened.
I love Jane.
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
ﺍﻟﻜـﻼﻡ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﰲ
The rain has stopped
He said (that) the rain
been having
Mary's mother said (that) she
you when you were a student.
She told me (that) she
was driving carefully when the accident happened.
He told the police (that) he
accident happened.
:
I love Jane.
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
Jane
ﺍﻟﻜـﻼﻡ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﰲ
has stopped.
He said (that) the rain
been having a wonderful time in Italy.
Mary's mother said (that) she
you when you were a student.
She told me (that) she
carefully when the accident happened.
He told the police (that) he
accident happened.
ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
:
I love Jane.
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
ﳛﺐ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ
Jane
He said (that) the rain had stopped
a wonderful time in Italy.
Mary's mother said (that) she
you when you were a student.
She told me (that) she had met
carefully when the accident happened.
He told the police (that) he had been driving
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
ﳛﺐ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ
٢٥
had stopped.
a wonderful time in Italy.
Mary's mother said (that) she had been
you when you were a student.
had met me when I was a student.
carefully when the accident happened.
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
.
had been driving
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
Jim
ﳛﺐ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
a wonderful time in Italy.
ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻭﻗﺘ
.
been having
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻫﻲ
.
me when I was a student.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ
ﺖﻛﻨ
.
carefully when the accident happened.
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
had been driving
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ
Jim
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
.
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻭﻗﺘ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ
.
ﺖﻗﻀ
ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻭﻗﺘ
having a wonderful time in
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺗﺎﻡ
.
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
.
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻫﻲ
me when I was a student.
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ
ﺖﻛﻨ
carefully when the accident happened.
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
carefully when the
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺟﲔ ﳛﺐ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﻢ
.
ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
.
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻭﻗﺘ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ
ﺑﺄ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻡ
ﺎ
ﺖﻗﻀ
a wonderful time in
:
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻨ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻫﻲ
me when I was a student.
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ
ﺖﻛﻨ
carefully when the accident happened.
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
carefully when the
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺟﲔ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺟﲔ ﳛﺐ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﻢ
ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺎﺇ
ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺭﺍﺋﻌ ﹰﺎﻭﻗﺘ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ
ﺑﺄ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻡ
a wonderful time in
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ
:
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻚ
ﻋﻨ
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻫﻲ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
carefully when the
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺟﲔ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺟﲔ ﳛﺐ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﻢ
ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ
.
-
ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
-
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ
ﺎﺇ
ﺑﺄ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻡ
a wonderful time in
٢
(
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ
-
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﺎﻃﺎﻟﺒ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﻫﻲ
-
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ
ﺖﻛﻨ
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻫﻮ
-
214.
٢٦
٣
(
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
:
can
،
will
،
shall
،
may
could
،
would
،
should
،
might
.
I canfly. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ
.
He said (that) he could fly. ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
.
I'll meet you at 10. ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﺄﻗﺎﺑﻠﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
He promised (that) he would meet her at 10. ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻴﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ
.
What shall we give Bill? ﻟﺒﻴﻞ؟ ﺳﻨﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
They asked what they should give Bill. ﺳ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﻴ
ﻌﻄ
ﻮﺍ
ﻟﺒﻴﻞ
.
The train may be late. ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ
.
He said (that) the train might be late. ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
.
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻼ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ
:
You must relax. ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ
ﺗﺴﺘﺮﺧﻲ
.
The doctor said (that) you must relax. ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ
ﺗﺴﺘﺮﺧﻲ
.
ﻗﻤﻠﻚ؟ ﺗﻌﲑﱐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﲤﺎﻧﻊ ﻫﻞ
Would you mind lending me your pen?
ﺖﺳﺄﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﲑﱐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﲤﺎﻧﻊ ﺖﻛﺎﻧ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎ
.
I asked Maria if she would mind lending me her pen.
٤
(
ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ
:
ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
.
I like ice cream. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﺃﺣﺐ
.
He said (that) he liked ice cream. ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ
ﺑﺄﻧﻪ
ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﳛﺐ
.
We enjoyed your singing. ﳓﻦ
ﺑﻐﻨﺎﺋﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ
.
They said (that) they had enjoyed his singing. ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﻢﺑﺄ
ﺑﻐﻨﺎﺋ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻮﺍ
ﻪ
.
215.
٢٧
٥
(
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ
:
this
that
.
these
those
.
here
there
.
now
then
ﺃﻭ
at thatmoment
.
today
that day
.
yesterday
the previous day
.
tomorrow
the next day
.
ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻧﺰﻫﺘﻨﺎ
.
This is our favorite walk.
ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺗﻠﻚ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻧﺰﻫﺘﻬﻢ
.
They said (that) that was their favorite walk.
ﻧﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﳓﻦ
ﻫﻨﺎ
.
We like it here.
ﻳﻔﻀﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻢﺑﺄ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
.
They said (that) they like it there.
ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻙ ﳓﻦ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ
We'll see you tomorrow.
ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﺳﲑﻭﱐ ﻢﺑﺄ
ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ
.
They said (that) they would see me the next day.
ﳓﻦ
ﻣ
ﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ
ﺍﻵﻥ
.
We're leaving now.
ﻢﺑﺄ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭ
ﻳ
ﻦ
ﰲ
ﺗ
ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻠﻚ
.
They said (that) they were leaving at that moment.
216.
٢٨
-
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻦ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻧﻔﺲ
....
Myson and you go to the same school. ﺍ
ﺇﱃ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﲏ
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ
.
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ
ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ
:
ﻧﻔﻀﻞ ﳓﻦ
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﻭﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ
ﻧﻔﺲ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
.
Mark and I have the same taste: we like the same music, we read the
same books, and we watch the same TV programs.
-
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
:
the same + noun = noun phrase
.
-
ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
١
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
so + (adjective/adverb/many/much)
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻛ
ﻈﺮﻑ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
very
.
Why are you (so/very) late? ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺃﻧﺖ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
؟
We had to buy so many things. ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ
ﺃﻥ
ﻧﺸﺘﺮﻱ
ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ
ﻛﺜﲑﺓ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
.
٢
(
ﺳﺒﻘﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ
and
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ
.
We felt tired, and so we went to bed. ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ ﳓﻦ
ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ
ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ
.
٣
(
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
that
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻛ
ﻋﻄﻒ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻟﻜﻲ
ﻛﻲ ،
.
Be quiet so (that) she can sleep. ﹰﺎﻫﺎﺩﺋ ﻛﻦ
)
ﻟﻜﻲ
/
ﻛﻲ
(
ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
ﻫﻲ
ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ
.
٤
(
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﻟﺬﺍ
.
ﺑﻴﻞ
،ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ
ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﻫﻮ
ﻩ
ﻣﲏ
.
Bill had lost his key, so he had to borrow it from me.
٥
(
ﺍﳉﻤﻠ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﺔ
ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﹰﺎﻏﺎﻟﺒ
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﻄﻒ ﺤﺮﻑ
ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
.
So what did you do? ﹰﺍﺇﺫ
ﻓﻌﻠﺖ؟ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
٦
(
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﳝﻜﻦ
so
ﻣﻦ ﹰﻻﺑﺪ
that
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ
.
I (hope/expect/believe) so. ﺃﻧﺎ
)
ﺃﲤﲎ
/
ﺃﺗﻮﻗﻊ
/
ﺃﺻﺪﻕ
(
ﺫﻟﻚ
.
٧
(
ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻳﺄﰐ
so
ﻣﻦ ﹰﻻﺑﺪ
that
ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
.
I don't think so. ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺫﻟﻚ
(the) same
:
so
:
217.
٢٩
٨
(
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻩﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻈﺮﻑ
ﺃﻳﻀﺎ
too
.
ﻭﳓﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
They have played football, and so have I (= I have too).
ﻣﺎ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻫﻢ
ﻳ
ﺬﻫﺒ
ﻮﻥ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ
.
ﻭﺃﻧﺎ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
They often go to the theater. So do I (= I do too).
-
ﻳ
ﺄﰐ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻈﺮﻑ
ﻻ
ﻳ
ﺰﺍﻝ
ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ،
.
We are still waiting to give him my order. ﳓﻦ
ﻣﺎﺯﻟﻨﺎ
ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ
ﻧﻌﻄﻴﻪ
ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ
.
-
ﻫﻢ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
١
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
Subject + still + Verb.1
.
He still lives here. ﻫﻮ
ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
.
٢
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
Subject + be + still + Verb-ing
.
We are still waiting. ﳓﻦ
ﻣﺎﺯﻟﻨﺎ
ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ
٣
(
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
Subject + still + (has/have) + Verb.3
:
ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ
ﹰﺍﻛـﺜﲑ
ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ
.
-
ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺳﻮﻑ
that
ﻟﻪ ﹰﺎﻭﺃﻳﻀ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
ﻫﻢ
:
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺗﻠﻚ ، ﺫﻟﻚ
.
That man is my friend. ﺫﻟﻚ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﻫﻮ
ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ
.
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
.
ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ
ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
.
The pen (that/which) I bought is on the table.
٣
(
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﱠ
ﻥﺃ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻻ ﹰﺎﺣﺎﻟﻴ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
It proves (that) you were his friend. ﻳﱪﻫﻦ ﺇﻧﻪ
ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻧﺃ
ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻚ
.
still
:
that
:
218.
٣٠
ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻞ
ﻧﺃ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ؟ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻚ
Are you sure (that) you want to buy a car?
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
there + be + noun
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
.
There are cats. )
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
/
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻚ
(
ﻗﻄﻂ
.
Is there an apple? ﻫﻞ
)
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
/
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
(
ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ؟
-
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
there + (be + no/be + not) + noun
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
.
There (are no/are not) apples. )
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ
/
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ
(
ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺎﺕ
.
-
ﻛﻼﳘﺎ
ﻇﺮﻑ
ﻭ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
-
ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ
ﻫﻮ
ﺃﻥ
too
ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
either
ﻓ
ﻴﺄﰐ
ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ
:
ﺟﻮﻥ
ﳛﺐ
ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
John likes to play football, and Mary does, too.
ﻻ ﺟﻮﻥ
ﳛﺐ
ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺃﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
John doesn't like to play football, and Mary doesn't, either.
ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻫﻮ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
He agreed with John, and I did too.
ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﱂ
ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﻮﻥ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ
.
He didn't agree with John, and I didn't either.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺑ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ
:
He didn't agree with John, and neither did I.
-
ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ
too
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ
too + adjective
ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ
ﻛ
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻈﺮﻑ
ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
more than
is needed
.
ﻛﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺓ
ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻲ
.
ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ
ﺃﺻﻐﺮ
.
This suit is too big for my husband. He needs a smaller size.
there is , there are
:
too either
:
219.
ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔﻟﻪ
:
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ
If you had
car.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ
،
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﻟﻪ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣﱴ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
.
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
If you had lived in the
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻞ
.
ﳛﺪﺙ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣﱴ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
If
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ
If + …
lived in the
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺃﻧ
ﻪ
ﻟ
ﻦ
ﳛﺪﺙ
If + …
If + …
If + …
was
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﺣﱴ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ
.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ
If + … ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
If + … ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ
.
lived in the 19th
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﻣﺎ
ﻣﺮﺟﺢ
If + … WOULD
If + … were to
If + … ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
was
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ
٣١
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ …
ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺍ
ً.
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
.
ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ , … WOULD HAVE
ﺖﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌ ﻗﺪ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
WOULD … , …WOULD
were to … , …WOULD
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ … , …WOULD
ﻭﺿﻊ
were
ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻋﻮﺿ
ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ
would
.
unreal present
:
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
… , … WOULD
ﻗﺪ
ﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ
ﺕ
ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺍ
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
unreal past
:
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
, … WOULD HAVE
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ
ﺖﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌ ﻗﺪ
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
unreal future
:
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ
… , …WOULD
… , …WOULD
… , …WOULD
unreal present time
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻭﺿﻊ
It
ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
would
unreal present
, … WOULD
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ
،
ﺖﻟﻜﻨ
ﻗﺪ
If I had enough money, I would retire early.
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ
unreal past
, … WOULD HAVE
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
unreal future
… , …WOULD
… , …WOULD
… , …WOULD
Unreal Meaning
:
unreal present time
She
ﺃﻭ
It
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
unreal present
, … WOULD
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﺍﳌ
ﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
unreal past
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻪ
:
, … WOULD HAVE
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
unreal future
… , …WOULD
Unreal Meaning
unreal present time
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
He
ﺃﻭ
She
ﻳ
ﻣﻊ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
ﻳ
ﺇﱃ ﻘﺴﻢ
:
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
.
ﻭ
ﻟﻮ
ﻋ
ﺖﺸ
ﺖﻛﻨ ﳌﺎ ،ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ
century, you wouldn't have driven a
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺻﻴﻎ
:
Unreal Meaning
ﰲ
unreal present time
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ
-
ﻳ
ﻣﻊ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
-
ﻳ
ﺇﱃ ﻘﺴﻢ
١
(
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
٢
(
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ
ﻟﻮ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺶ ﱂ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲣﻴﻞ
٣
(
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺻﻴﻎ
Unreal Meaning
-
220.
If he meyour bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
easily.
.
I prefer
I prefer
I like lying
I want eating
I like to lie
I want to
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
I remembered
I remembered
I want
I want
would lend
were to lend
lent
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻷﻧﻪ
.
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ
:
I prefer watching
I prefer to watch
lying in bed late.
eating this.
to lie in the bed late.
to eat this.
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
:
remembered
remembered
ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﰲ
.
I want knowing
I want to know
would lend
were to lend
lent
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ
watching horror films.
to watch horror films.
in bed late.
this.
in the bed late.
this.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
meeting
to meet
ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﰲ
knowing what happen
know what happen
would lend
were to lend
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ
.
ﻭ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ
horror films.
horror films.
like
:
in bed late.
this.
in the bed late.
this.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ
ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
meeting her.
her.
ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﰲ
what happen
what happen
٣٢
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﻭ
ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ
love ,
:
horror films.
horror films.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
like , want , need , know
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴ
ﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴ
ﺔ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ
ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
remember , forget
:
-ing
ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﰲ
what happened.
what happened.
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ
ﳍ
ﺎ
-ing
love , hate , prefer
horror films.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ
, want , need , know
ﹰﺍﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
.
ﻟﻐﺔ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴ
ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
ً.
ﻟﻐﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﳍ ﻑ
ﺎ
-ing
remember , forget
.
ﻭﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ
.
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ﳍﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ing
ed.
ed.
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ
ﻮﻑ
ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﻀ
ﺎ
ﻑ
hate , prefer
ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ
.
, want , need , know
ﹰﺍﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ
ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳ
ﻀ
ﺎ
ﳍ ﻑ
remember , forget
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻭﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻻ
ed.
ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ
(
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
hate , prefer
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ
ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ
ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
, want , need , know
ﺍﻻﺳﺘ
ﻠ
ﻘﺎ
ﺀ
ﹰﺍﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ
ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﰲ
ﺁ ﺃﻥ
ﻛﻞ
ﻫﺬﺍ
.
ﺘﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺘﺎﻥ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
remember , forget
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺭ
ﺕ
ﻭﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ
Verb
:
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ed.
ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ
ﻟﻮ
ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ
ﺳ ،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ
If he me your bicycle tomorrow, I would go home
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻚ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻥ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻻﺳﺘ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻛﻞ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺁ ﺃﻥ
ﺍﳉﻤﻠ
ﺘﺎﻥ
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺭ
Verb-ing
ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳊﺲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ed. ﺧﻄﺄ
)
ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺻﺢ
ﻟﻮ
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
-
ﻫﻨﺎ
١
(
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
٢
(
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
ﻫﻨﺎ
١
(
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﲟﻌﲎ
ing
−
221.
٣٣
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺴﻰ ﻭﻟﻦﻣﻌﻪ
ﺖﺭﻗﺼ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
I won't forget dancing with him that night.
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺭﻗﺺ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ
.
I won't forget to dance with him that night.
٢
(
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
ﻳ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺄﰐ
try
:
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﱂ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻳﻨﻔﻊ
.
I tried speaking to her about it, but she still wouldn't listen.
ﲟﻌﲎ
ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
I tried to speak to her about it, but she wasn't there.
-
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
ﳚﺐ
ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ
ﳍ
ﺎ
-ing
.
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ
:
ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ
ﺍﻟـﱵ
ﺗـ
ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺄﰐ
finish , enjoy , considerate , give up , feel like ,
suggest , imagine
I considerate to emigrating to Australia. ﺧﻄﺄ
I considerate emigrating to Australia. ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻜﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
-
ﳍﺎ
ﻥﻣﻌﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
ﻫﻢ
:
١
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﳊﱴ ، ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻵﻥ
up to now
ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻊ ﹰﺎﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،
.
I haven't finished my job yet. ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃ
ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻲ
)
ﺑﻌﺪ
/
ﺍﻵﻥ ﳊﱴ
(
.
٢
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﻟﻜﻦ
but
.
This chair is old, yet very comfortable. ،ﻗﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ
.
٣
(
ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻊ
nevertheless
.
،ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻊ
ﺗﺪﺧﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻓﻬﻲ
.
Her problems are increasing, (yet/nevertheless) she's still smiling.
yet
:
222.
٣٤
−
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉﻫﺬﺍ
ﻭ
ﻳﻌﺮﺽ
ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ
:
My age is 20 years. ﺧﻄﺄ
I am 20 years. ﺻﺢ
)
ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ
ﻭ
ًﹰﺎﻋﺎﻣ ﻥ
(
It is seven and half.
It is half past seven. ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺎﺇ
.
This book is to me.
This book is mine. ﱄ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ
.
The right is with you.
You are right. ﻣﻌﻚ ﺍﳊﻖ
.
York book is with me.
I have your book. .ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ .ﻣﻌﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ
I opened the radio.
I turned on the radio. ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺷﻐﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
I closed the radio.
I turned off the radio. ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
She sees herself very much.
She is very proud. ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﹰﺍﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻌﺠﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ
.
She was making herself ill.
She was pretending to be ill. ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺽ ﺗﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ
.
GH%!ا ء%9Jا
:
223.
٣٥
I took permission.
Igot permission. ﹰﺎﺇﺫﻧ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
Let us go from here.
Let us go this way. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺩﻋﻨﺎ
ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ
.
I saw her one time or two times.
I saw her once or twice. ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ
.
−
ﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
:
wanna
ﲟﻌـﲎ ﺃﻱ
want to
ﻭ
gotta
ﲟﻌـﲎ ﺃﻱ
got to
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻭﻻ
I , You , We , They
ﲨﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ
.
I wanna go now - I want to go now. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
I gotta go - I got to go. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ
ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
.
-
ﻭ
ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
:
gimme
ﲟﻌـﲎ ﺃﻱ
give me
ﻭ
gonna
ﺃﻱ
ﲟﻌﲎ
going to
.
Gimme the pen - Give me the pen. ﺃﻋﻄﲏ
ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ
.
I am gonna go - I am going to go. ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳ
ﺄﺫﻫﺐ
.
-
ﻭ
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻀﻌﻮﻥ
in
ﻗﺒﻞ
here
ﻭ
there
.
I'm here. ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
I'm in here. ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
ﻭﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻚ
I
ﻭ
me
.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺮﺟﻢ
ﻫﺬﺍ
ﺃﻧﺎ
؟
This is I. ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ
This is me. ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ
-
ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ
I
ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰒ
too
ﺇﱃ ﻳﻘﻠﺐ
me
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ
.
I am too. ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺃﻧﺎ
Me too. ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ﺃﻧﺎ
-
ﻭﻫﻨﺎ
ﻟ
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻚ
.
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
:
Let us go
Let's go. .ﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ .ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺩﻋﻨﺎ
%Gا .K0$A:ا L0ا
English Informal
:
ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﻳ
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ
Caris a motor vehicle. It is walking on
asphalt
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
Chevrolet
approximately
it as you see it now.
ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﻳ
.
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺎﻃﻮﺭ
.
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
I saw a substance made of rubber.
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
I saw a man as he is killed.
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car.
Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on
asphalt by something
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
Chevrolet, … etc.
approximately
as you see it now.
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻣﻄﺎﻁ
ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﻳ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻴﺪﺱ
...
ﺇﱁ
.
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺎﻃﻮﺭ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
.
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
I saw a substance made of rubber.
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
:
I saw a man as he is killed.
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car.
Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on
something
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
, … etc. First
1908 AD
as you see it now.
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻴﺪﺱ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ
ﻭ
ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺎﻃﻮﺭ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
I saw a substance made of rubber.
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
I saw a man as he is killed.
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car.
.
Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on
something made
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
First motor
AD by Europe
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
BMW
ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻴﺪﺱ
ﺟﺎﺀﺕ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
I saw a substance made of rubber.
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
I saw a man as he is killed.
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car.
ﻟﻪ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ
-ing
.
٣٧
1) Car
Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on
made of rubber
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
motor car working by
Europe, and then
(
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﺗ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﲑ
ﺍﻟﺰﻓﺖ
ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻥ ﻉ
BMW
١٩٠٨
ﰒ ﻡ
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ
(
I saw a substance made of rubber.
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car.
State Verbs
ﻭﻻ
ﻟﻪ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ
Car
Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on a substance
rubber, it is
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
working by
and then
١
ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﺗ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﲑ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻥ ﻉ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ
١٩٠٨
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ
ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed.
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
I know someone wanting this car.
I know someone wants this car. ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
State Verbs
substance
is called a
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
working by gasoline
and then America
.
ﻰ
ﻤﺴ
ﺗ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﲑ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻥ ﻉ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ
I saw a man is killed.
I saw a man killed. ﻞﺘﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﹰﻼﺭﺟ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
I know someone wanting this car.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
State Verbs
substance called
a wheel
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
gasoline was made
America has developed
ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
.
ﺃﻧﻮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺍ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻥ ﻉ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ
the
ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
I saw a man is killed.
ﻞﺘﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﹰﻼﺭﺟ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
I know someone wanting this car.
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
want
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ
called
wheel. There
are many types and colors of cars, one of them BMW, Mercedes,
made in
developed
ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
ﺩﻭﻻﺏ
.(
ﺃﻧﻮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ
ﻧﻀﻊ ﱂ
the
ﻻ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a substance is made of rubber. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
I saw a man is killed. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﻞﺘﹾﻘ
ﻳ ﹰﻼﺭﺟ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﻟﻠ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ
I know someone wanting this car. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻷﻥ
want
There
in
developed
)
ﺩﻭﻻﺏ
ﻋﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺖﻌﹺﻨ
ﺻ ﺍﻟﺒﱰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ
-
-
226.
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ
.
ﻧﻔﺴـﻲ
ﱄ ﺖﻗﺎﻟـ
Iwas living at my sister and he
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
had passed out
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
cat.
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﰲ
.
ﺕﻭﻭﺟﺪ
ﻧﻔﺴـﻲ
.
ﱄ ﺖﻗﺎﻟـ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
I saw a burned house
I was living at my sister and he
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
passed out
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﹰﺍﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ
.
ﺕﻧﻈﺮ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﻣـﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﰲ
ﻓﺠﺄﺓ
ﺕﻭﻭﺟﺪ
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ
.
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
I saw a burned house
I was living at my sister and he
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
passed out. I woke up s
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﹰﺍﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
،
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
ﻣـﺎﺯﺍﻝ
.
ﺖﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈ
.
ﺖﺭﺃﻳ
ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
I saw a burned house
I was living at my sister and he
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
I woke up suddenly
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ
ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ
ﹰﺍﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ
ﺗﺼﺮﺥ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
،
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
ﺕﻭﻓﻘﺪ
ﻲﻭﻋ
.
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﰲ
.
ﻗﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲝﻴﺎﰐ
.
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
I saw a burned house before.
٣٨
2) Risk
I was living at my sister and her husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
uddenly and I found myself out of the
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
٢
(
ﳐﺎﻃﺮﺓ
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ
ﺗﺼﺮﺥ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ
ﺿﺮﺑﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ،ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺕﻭﻓﻘﺪ
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﰲ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲝﻴﺎﰐ
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
. ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ
(
Risk
r husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
then I found a house burning. I went out to see
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
and I found myself out of the
house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried Tommy
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
٢
ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﱵ ﻣﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
.
ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ
ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﻷﺭﻯ
.
ﺖﺭﺃﻳ
ﺿﺮﺑﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ،ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺻﺮﺧﺖ ﰒ
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
ﺕﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲝﻴﺎﰐ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺳﺒﻖ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning.
I saw a house burned before.
ﳏﺮﻭﻗﺎ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ
r husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
to see the fire. I saw a
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
and I found myself out of the
Tommy
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﱵ ﻣﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺖﺧﺮﺟ
ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﻷﺭﻯ
ﺿﺮﺑﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ،ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ
ﺃﻧﻘﺬﻭﱐ
.
ﺻﺮﺧﺖ ﰒ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ
.
ﺕﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻟﻘﺪ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a house is burning.
I saw a house burning. ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
(
I saw a house burned before.
ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﻣﱰﻻ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﳏﺮﻭﻗﺎ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ
r husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
the fire. I saw a
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
and I found myself out of the
Tommy's still inside. I
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﱵ ﻣﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ
.
ﺖﺧﺮﺟ
ﻷﻧﻘﺬ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
.
ﺿﺮﺑﲏ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺨﺺ ،ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a house is burning.
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
I saw a house burned before.
ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﻣﱰﻻ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
r husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
the fire. I saw a
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
and I found myself out of the
inside. I
saw the woman again. She said me Tommy's OK and she was
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﺧﱵ ﻣﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺕﻭﻭﺟﺪ
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ
ﺖﺩﺧﻠ
ﻷﻧﻘﺬ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ
.
ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ
ﲞﲑ ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
ﻗﻄﺔ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ
ﻻ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ
I saw a house is burning. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﹰﻻﻣﱰ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
I saw a house burned before. ﺧﻄﺄ
ﺻﺢ
)
ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﻣﱰﻻ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ
r husband's house. One day they
traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window
woman crying Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside. I entered the
house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I
inside. I
carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a
ﺕﻭﻭﺟﺪ
ﺖﺩﺧﻠ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ
ﲞﲑ ﺗﻮﻣﻲ
-
-
227.
ﻛـﺎﻥ
ﺃﻥ
ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ
ﻣﻦﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻘﺪ
ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺒﻨﺎ ﹰﺎﻋﻴﻮﻧ
ﻳﺒﻘـﻮﺍ ﱂ
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an o
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
new people didn't stay ther
now.
ﻓﺠـﺄﺓ ﻈﻨﺎ
.
ﻛـﺎﻥ
ﺖﺍﺳـﺘﻄﻌ
ﺃﻥ
ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻘﺪ
ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺒﻨﺎ ﹰﺎﻋﻴﻮﻧ
ﺪﺩ
ﻳﺒﻘـﻮﺍ ﱂ
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an o
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
new people didn't stay ther
ﺍﺳﺘ
ﻴﻘ
ﻓﺠـﺄﺓ ﻈﻨﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﺻﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ
.
ﺖﺍﺳـﺘﻄﻌ
ﻳﻘﻈ
ﺖ
ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻘﺪ
ﻛﺎﻧ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺖ
ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺒﻨﺎ ﹰﺎﻋﻴﻮﻧ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺑﻌﻨﺎ
ﺍﳉ
ﺪﺩ
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an o
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
new people didn't stay ther
،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ
ﺍﺳﺘ
ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﺻﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ
،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺃ
ﻳﻘﻈ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻘﺪ
ﻛﺎﻧ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺑﻌﻨﺎ
3) The haunted house
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an o
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
new people didn't stay there very long. There is nobody living there
ﺍﳌﺸﺒﺢ
،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺖﺣﺎﻭﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﺻﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ
،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻷﺭﻯ
.
ﻟ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﹰﺎﺷﺨﺼ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻘﺪ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ
.
ﻛﺎﻧ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ
.
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺑﻌﻨﺎ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ
ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
.
٣٩
The haunted house
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an o
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
e very long. There is nobody living there
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﺍﳌﺸﺒﺢ
،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺗﺒﻜﻲ
.
ﺖﺣﺎﻭﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﳓﻮ ﳝﺸﻲ ﹰﺎﺷﺒﺤ
.
،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺢ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺖﺭﻛﻀ
ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻷﺭﻯ
ﳓﺐ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
.
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ
ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
The haunted house
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face.
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
through the well from our room. It was an old woman. After that we
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
e very long. There is nobody living there
٣
(
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
.
،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻧﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻒ
ﻭ
ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﺗﺒﻜﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﳓﻮ ﳝﺸﻲ ﹰﺎﺷﺒﺤ
ﺎﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﰲ
.
ﺖﺭﻛﻀ
ﱂ ﳓﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﻧﻌﺪ
ﳓﺐ
.
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ
ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
The haunted house
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
couldn't. I could feel something covering my face. I watched a ghost
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
ld woman. After that we
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
e very long. There is nobody living there
ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻧﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻒ
ﺕﺷﺎﻫﺪ
ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﳓﻮ ﳝﺸﻲ ﹰﺎﺷﺒﺤ
ﺎﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﰲ
ﱂ ﳓﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ
.
ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻱ
ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
ﺍﳌ ﺑﻌﺾ
ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
I watched a ghost
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
ld woman. After that we
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
e very long. There is nobody living there
ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻧﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻒ
ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
.
ﺕﺷﺎﻫﺪ
ﻳﺼﺮﺥ ﹰﺍﺻﻐﲑ ﹰﺍﻭﻟﺪ
ﺎﻭﺭﺍ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﰲ
ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
.
ﱂ ﳓﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻥ
ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻱ
the
ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﱰﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
I watched a ghost
walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my
husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
ld woman. After that we
didn't like living in the house any more. They felt as if there were
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the
e very long. There is nobody living there
ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ
ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
ﺖﲰﻌ
ﻳﺼﺮﺥ ﹰﺍﺻﻐﲑ ﹰﺍﻭﻟﺪ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ
.
ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺖﻛﺎﻧ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ
.
ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ
ﹰﻼﻃﻮﻳ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
.
ﺍﻵ
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ﻥ
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ
the
We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after
moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman
standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I
I watched a ghost
bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving
ld woman. After that we
eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We
e very long. There is nobody living there
ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ
ﺖﲰﻌ
ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ
ﹰﻼﻃﻮﻳ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
-
228.
٤٠
4) Crossing theborder
The customs officer was suspicious when the man appeared at the
border crossing. He made him open his suitcase, but there was
nothing valuable in it. So the officer let him cross the border. Every
week after that the same thing happened. The man arrived and the
customs officer stopped him and searched his suitcase. Sometimes he
made the man wait for several hours, hoping he would confess, but
he always had to let the man go. He was sure that the man smuggling
something, but he never found anything.
The years passed and the customs officer became a senior customs
officer. He no longer worked on the customs desk, but every week
from his office window he saw the man arriving, and every week he
had the man stopped and searched by the customs officer, but
nothing was ever found.
Then the day came when the senior customs officer was to retire,
and he decided that before he left he would get the man to tell the
truth. So he got the customs officer on the desk to stop the man and
had him brought to the officer. 'I am retiring tomorrow,' he said. 'I
know that you have been smuggling all these years. Please tell me
what it is. I promise that I won't tell anyone.' The man looked at him,
smiled, and said, 'Suitcases.'
٤
(
ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ
ﻣﻌﱪ
ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ
.
ﻫﻮ
ﺟﻌﻠﻪ
ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻥ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ
.
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻟﺬﺍ
ﻟﻪ ﲰﺢ
ﺑ
ﻌﺒ
ﻮ
ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺭ
.
ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ
.
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻭﺻﻞ
ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﲝﺚ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻪ
.
ﹰﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ
ﺟﻌﻠﻪ
ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ
ﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
ﹰﺎﺩﺍﺋﻤ
ﻟﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ
ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ
.
ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﳚﺪ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﹰﺎﺷﻴﺌ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﹰﺍﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ
ﻓﻴﻬﺎ
ﹰﺍﺃﺑﺪ
.
ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻣﺮﺕ
ﹰﺍﻣﺪﻳﺮ
ﻟﻠ
ﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ
.
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﺪ ﱂ ﻫﻮ
ﻳﺮﻯ ﻫﻮ
ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
ﻭ ﻗﺪ
ﺻﻞ
ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻛﻞ
ﳚﻌﻞ
ﻣﻮﻇﻔ
ﹰﺎ
ﻟﻠ
ﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ
ﺃﻥ
ﻳﻮﻗ
ﻔ
ﻪ
ﻭ
ﺃﻥ
ﰲ ﻳﺒﺤـﺚ
ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ
ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﱂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ
.
ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰒ
ﻣﺪﻳﺮ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ
ﺳ
ﻴﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ
ﺭ
ﺮﻗ ﻭﻫﻮ
ﺃﻧﻪ
ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ
ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﳜﱪﻩ ﺃﻥ
ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺗـﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ
.
ﻣﻮﻇﻔ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻟﺬﺍ
ﹰﺎ
ﻟﻠ
ﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﳛﻀﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ
.
ﻗﺎﻝ
ﻣﺪﻳﺮ
ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ
،ﹰﺍﻏﺪ ﺳﺄﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ
٤٢
Chapter 1:
1 C6 C 11 B
2 B 7 C 12 A
3 D 8 A 13 C
4 A 9 B 14 C
5 C 10 A
Chapter 2:
1 E 6 A 11 B
2 C 7 D 12 E
3 E 8 C 13 D
4 D 9 E
5 E 10 B
Chapter 3:
1 B 6 B
2 B 7 C
3 A 8 A
4 A 9 C
5 B 10 A
Chapter 4:
1 C 11 B 21 D 31 C
2 D 12 B 22 B 32 A
3 A 13 B 23 C 33 B
4 C 14 E 24 D 34 D
5 C 15 D 25 A 35 B
6 D 16 B 26 A
7 C 17 C 27 D
8 A 18 A 28 B
9 C 19 C 29 B
10 B 20 D 30 B
Chapter 5:
1 B 11 A 21 False 31 the
2 A 12 D 22 a 32 non - non
3 A 13 B 23 non - the 33 non - the
4 B 14 C 24 an 34 the - a
5 C 15 True 25 the 35 an
6 C 16 False 26 an 36 the - the
7 A 17 False 27 non - non 37 a
8 B 18 False 28 a - the 38 a
9 A 19 False 29 the - the
10 C 20 False 30 the
231.
٤٣
Chapter 6:
1 A6 E 11 B
2 C 7 D
3 B 8 A
4 D 9 B
5 B 10 D
Chapter 7:
1 B 6 A 11 D
2 C 7 B 12 D
3 A 8 B 13 B
4 B 9 A
5 A 10 B
Chapter 8:
1 B 6 B 11 C 16 E
2 C 7 A 12 E 17 B
3 A 8 A 13 D 18 E
4 D 9 A 14 B 19 C
5 C 10 B 15 A 20 D
21 from - in - in - to - from - to - in - at - On - at
Chapter 9:
1 William was offered a promotion.
2 The new system is being tested.
3 The riot was reported to be under control.
4 The film may be banned.
5 The car has not been used for ages.
6 All salaries have been cut.
7 All travel expenses for this training course must be
paid by employers.
8 The college was not been informed that there had
been a mistake.
9 Sidney was distressed by the news about the exam
results.
10 A 13 E 16 B
11 A 14 A 17 D
12 D 15 D
Chapter 10:
1 I don't like cheese.
2 We aren't married.
3 She doesn't have an old house.
4 He doesn't play tennis on Saturdays.
5 I haven't been to the bank yet.
6 I don't need any money.
7 I didn't have lunch at 2 o'clock.
8 He isn't going to work.
9 I don't have a lot of cars.
10 I haven't seen the tower of London yet.
11 He won't be having lunch at that time.
232.
٤٤
12 I didn'thave a shower at 4 o'clock
13 We don't live in Madrid.
14 I have never seen a snake.
15 He never likes going to work.
Chapter 11:
1 Whose is this book?
2 Where did you find it?
3 Where do you live?
4 What is Sarah playing?
5 How has she broken her leg?
6 How long does it take you to get to work by car?
7 Why has Mary gone?
8 What flavor ice-cream would you like?
9 When did we meet him?
10 What will you do if it rains this weekend?
11 What would you do if you won the lottery?
12 B 16 A 20 A
13 C 17 B 21 A
14 C 18 B 22 C
15 C 19 B 23 A
24 couldn't she
25 doesn't he
26 hasn't she
27 don't they
28 did they
29 didn't he
30 won't she
٥
give ﻳﻌﻄﻲ givegiven
go ﻳﺬﻫﺐ went gone
grind ﻳﻄﺤﻦ ground ground
grow ﻳﻨﺒﺖ ، ﻳﻨﻤﻮ grew grown
H
hang ﻳﻌﻠﻖ hung hung
have ﳝﻠﻚ had had
hear ﻳﺴﻤﻊ heard heard
hide ﳜﺘﺒﺊ ، ﳜﺒﺊ hid hidden
hit ﻳﻀﺮﺏ hit hit
hold ﳝﺴﻚ
ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ، held held
hurt ﻳﺆﺫﻱ ، ﳚﺮﺡ hurt hurt
I
inlay ﻳﻄﻌﻢ inlaid inlaid
K
keep ﻳﻈﻞ ، ﳛﻤﻲ kept kept
kneel * ﻳﺮﻛﻊ knelt knelt
knit * ﺣﺎﺟﺒﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻄﺐ knit knit
know ﻳﻌﺮﻑ knew known
L
lay ﻳﻀﻊ laid laid
lead ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ، ﻳﻘﻮﺩ led led
lean * ﳝﻴﻞ ، ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ leant leant
leap * ﻳﻘﻔﺰ leapt leapt
learn * ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ، ﻳﻌﻠﻢ learnt learnt
leave ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ left left
lend ﻳﻘﺮﺽ lent lent
238.
٦
let ﻳﺪﻉ letlet
lie ﻳﻜﺬﺏ ، ﻳﺘﻤﺪﺩ lay lain
light ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ ، ﻳﺸﺮﻕ lit lit
lose ﻳﻔﻘﺪ lost lost
M
make ﳚﻌﻞ ، ﻳﺼﻨﻊ made made
may ﳝﻜﻦ might might
mean ﻳﻌﲏ meant meant
meet ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ met met
mislay ﻳﻀﻴﻊ mislaid mislaid
mislead ﳜﺪﻉ ، ﻳﻀﻠﻞ misled misled
misspend ﻳﺒﺪﺩ misspent misspent
mistake ﳜﻄﺊ mistook mistaken
misunderstand ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺊ misunderstood misunderstood
mow * ﳛﺼﺪ mowed mowed
O
outdo ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻐﻠﺐ ، ﻳﻬﺰﻡ outdid outdone
overbear ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪ ، ﻳﻘﻬﺮ overborne overborne
overcast ﻳﻌﺘﻢ overcast overcast
overcome ﻳﻨﻬﻚ ، ﻳﻘﻬﺮ overcame overcome
overdo ﻳﺒﺎﻟﻎ overdid overdone
overfeed ﻳﺘﺨﻢ overfed overfed
overrun ﳚﺘﺎﺡ overran overrun
oversee ﻳﻔﺤﺺ ، ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ oversaw overseen
oversleep ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ overslept overslept
overtake ﻳﻔﺎﺟﺊ ، ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ overtook overtaken
overthrow ﻳﺪﻣﺮ ، ﻳﻬﺰﻡ overthrew overthrown
239.
٧
P
partake ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ ،ﻳﻘﺎﺳﻢ partook partaken
pay ﻳﺪﻓﻊ paid paid
put ﻳﻀﻊ put put
Q
quit * ، ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻞ quit quit
R
read ﻳﻘﺮﺃ read read
rebuild ﲟﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ rebuilt rebuilt
redo ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ redid redone
remake ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ remade remade
rend ﺑﻌﻨﻒ ﻳﱰﻉ rent rent
repay ﻳﺮﺩ ، ﻳﻔﻲ repaid repaid
retell ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﻭﻱ retold retold
rewrite ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ rewrote rewritten
rid * ﳛﺮﺭ ، ﳜﻠﺺ rid rid
ride ﻳﺮﻛﺐ rode ridden
ring ﻳﺮﻥ rang rung
rise ﻳﻨﻬﺾ rose risen
run ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ، ﻳﻌﺪﻭ ran run
S
saw * ﻳﻨﺸﺮ sawed sawn
say ﻳﻘﻮﻝ said said
see ﻳﺮﻯ saw seen
seek ﻋﻦ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ sought sought
sell ﻳﺒﻴﻊ sold sold
send ﻳﺮﺳﻞ sent sent
٥
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ، ﻳﻔﻌﻞ
do
ﻳﻘﺮﺭ
decide
ﻃﺒﻴﺐ، ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ
doctor
ﻋﻤﻴﻖ
deep
ﻛﻠﺐ
dog
ﻳﻬﺰﻡ
defeat
ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ، ﺑﺎﺏ
door
ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ، ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
degree
ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ، ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ
double
ﻳﺆﺟﻞ
delay
ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺏ ، ﻳﺸﻚ ، ﺷﻚ
doubt
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ
depend
ﲢﺖ
down
ﻳﻮﺩﻉ
ﻋﺮﺑﻮﻥ ،
deposit
ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ، ﻳﺴﺤﺐ
draw
ﻳﺼﻒ
describe
ﳛﻠﻢ ، ﺣﻠﻢ
dream
ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ
desert
ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ، ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺏ
drink
ﻳﺼﻤﻢ ، ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ
design
ﻳﺴﻮﻕ ، ﻳﻘﻮﺩ
drive
ﻳﻄﻮﺭ
develop
ﳚﻔﻒ ، ﺟﺎﻑ
dry
ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ
dictionary
ﺧﻼﻝ ، ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ
during
ﳝﻮﺕ
die
ﳐﺘﻠﻒ
different
E
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ، ﺎﻳﺔ
end
ﺃﺫﻥ
ear
ﻋﺪﻭ ، ﺧﺼﻢ
enemy
ﻣﺒﻜﺮ
early
ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ، ﻛﺎﰲ
enough
ﺷﺮﻕ
east
ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ، ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ
equal
ﺳﻬﻞ
easy
ﺣﱴ
even
ﻳﺄﻛﻞ
eat
ﻣﺴﺎﺀ
evening
ﺑﻴﻀﺔ
egg
ﻳﺸﺮﺡ
explain
ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ
eight
ﻋﲔ
eye
ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ، ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ
either
ﻳﻔﺮﻍ ، ﻓﺮﺍﻍ
empty
248.
٦
F
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﲰﻜﺔ
fish
ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ، ﻭﺟﻪ
face
ﻟـﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ، ﻳﻼﺋﻢ
fit
ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ، ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ
fall
ﲬﺴﺔ
five
ﺯﺍﺋﻒ
false
ﻳﺼﻠﺢ
fix
ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
far
ﻋﻠﻢ ، ﺭﺍﻳﺔ
flag
ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ
farm
ﻳﻄﲑ ، ﺫﺑﺎﺑﺔ
fly
ﲰﲔ
fat
ﻃﻌﺎﻡ
food
ﺃﻧﺜﻰ
female
ﻗﺪﻡ
foot
ﳛﺸﻮ ، ﳝﻼ
fill
ﻳﻨﺴﻰ
forget
ﺎﺋﻲ
final
ﺷﻮﻛﺔ
fork
ﳚﺪ
find
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ
four
ﺇﺻﺒﻊ
finger
ﳎﺎﱐ ، ﳛﺮﺭ ، ﺣﺮ
free
ﻳﻨﻬﻲ
finish
ﳑﺘﻠﻰﺀ
full
ﻧﺎﺭ
fire
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
future
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
first
G
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ
gray
ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
girl
ﻋﻈﻴﻢ
great
ﻳﻌﻄﻲ
give
ﺃﺧﻀﺮ
green
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ ،
go
ﻣﺴﺪﺱ ، ﺑﻨﺪﻗﻴﺔ
gun
ﺫﻫﺐ
gold
ﺟﻴﺪ
good
249.
٧
H
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ، ﺛﻘﺐ
hole
ﺷﻌﺮ
hair
ﻣﱰﻝ، ﺑﻴﺖ
home
ﻳﺪ
hand
ﻳﺄﻣﻞ ، ﺃﻣﻞ
hope
ﺳﻌﻴﺪ
happy
ﺣﺼﺎﻥ
horse
ﺻﻌﺐ
hard
ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ
hospital
ﻗﺒﻌﺔ
hat
ﺣﺎﺭ
hot
ﳝﻠﻚ
have
ﻓﻨﺪﻕ
hotel
ﻫﻮ
he
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ
hour
ﺭﺃﺱ
head
ﻣﱰﻝ ، ﺑﻴﺖ
house
ﻳﺴﻤﻊ
hear
ﻛﻢ ، ﻛﻴﻒ
how
ﻗﻠﺐ
heart
ﳚﺮﺡ ، ﻳﺆﱂ
hurt
ﻫﻨﺎ
here
ﻋﺎﱄ
high
I
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
is
ﺃﻧﺎ
I
ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ
island
ﺛﻠﺞ
ice
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺿﻤﲑ
it
ﻣﺮﻳﺾ
ill
ﻣﻬﻢ
important
250.
٨
J
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ، ﺷﻐﻞ، ﻋﻤﻞ
job
ﻏﻴﻮﺭ
jealous
ﻏﺎﺑﺔ
jungle
ﻳﺼﻞ ، ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
join
K
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺭﻛﺒﺔ
knee
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
key
ﺳﻜﲔ
knife
ﻳﻘﺘﻞ
kill
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ
ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ،
know
ﻧﻮﻉ ، ﻟﻄﻴﻒ
kind
L
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻨﺼﺖ ، ﻳﺼﻐﻲ
listen
ﺳﻴﺪﺓ
lady
ﺻﻐﲑ ، ﻗﻠﻴﻞ
little
ﺃﺭﺽ
land
، ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
ﳛﺐ ، ﻳﻘﻴﻢ
live
ﻟﻐﺔ
language
ﺷﻔﺔ
lip
ﺮﺧﺁ
last
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ
long
ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ
learn
ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ، ﻳﻨﻈﺮ
look
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
leave
ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ، ﳜﺴﺮ
lose
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ
left
ﺻﺎﺧﺐ ، ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ، ﻋﺎﻝ
loud
ﺳﺎﻕ
leg
ﳛﺐ ، ﺐ
ﺣ
love
ﺃﻗﻞ
less
ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ
low
ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ، ﻣﺜﻞ
like
ﺧﻂ
line
251.
٩
M
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻗﻤﺮ
moon
ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ، ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
make
ﺻﺒﺎﺡ
morning
ﺫﻛﺮ
male
ﻣﻌﻈﻢ، ﺃﻛﺜﺮ
most
ﺭﺟﻞ
man
ﺃﻡ
mother
ﻋﺪﻳﺪ ، ﻛﺜﲑ
many
ﻛﺜﲑ
much
ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺝ
marry
ﻓﻢ
mouth
ﺭﲟﺎ
may
ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ ، ﳚﺐ
mush
ﳜﻠﻂ ، ﳝﺰﺝ ، ﻣﺰﻳﺞ
mix
N
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺗﺴﻌﺔ
nine
ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ، ﻇﻔﺮ
nail
ﻻ
no
ﻳﻀﻴﻖ ، ﺿﻴﻖ
narrow
ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ، ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ
noon
ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ، ﻗﺮﻳﺐ
near
ﻋﺎﺩﻱ
normal
ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ
necessary
ﴰﺎﻝ
north
ﺭﻗﺒﺔ
neck
ﺃﻧﻒ
nose
ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ، ﺣﺎﺟﺔ
need
ﻻﺷﻲﺀ
nothing
ﺷﺒﻜﺔ
net
ﺍﻵﻥ
now
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
new
ﻋﺪﺩ ، ﺭﻗﻢ
number
ﻟﻴﻞ
night
252.
١٠
O
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻔﺘﺢ
open
ﻣﻜﺘﺐ
office
ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ، ﻋﻜﺲ
opposite
ﻧﻔﻂ، ﺯﻳﺖ
oil
ﺃﻭ
or
ﻗﺪﱘ ، ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻛﺒﲑ
old
ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﱄ ، ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻝ
orange
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
one
ﺁﺧﺮ
،
ﺧﻼﻑ ، ﻏﲑ
other
ﻓﻘﻂ
only
P
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺻﺤﻦ ، ﻃﺒﻖ
plate
ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ، ﳝﺮ
pass
ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
play
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
past
ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ، ﻳﺴﺮ
please
ﻳﺪﻓﻊ
pay
ﻓﻘﲑ
poor
ﻗﻠﻢ
pen
ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ، ﳑﻜﻦ
possible
ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﻗﻠﻢ
pencil
ﺧﺎﺹ
private
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
people
ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ، ﻣﺸﺎﻉ ، ﻋﺎﻡ
public
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
picture
ﻳﻀﻊ
put
ﺧﱰﻳﺮ
pig
ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ
plane
Q
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺳﺆﺍﻝ
question
ﻛﻤﻴﺔ
quantity
ﺳﺮﻳﻊ
quick
ﺭﺑﻊ
quarter
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ، ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻜﻒ
quit
ﺃﻣﲑﺓ
queen
ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ ﺇﱃ ، ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ
quite
ﻋﻦ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ، ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ، ﲝﺚ
quest
253.
١١
R
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﳚﻴﺐ ، ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ
reply
ﲤﻄﺮ، ﻣﻄﺮ
rain
ﻣﺴﺆ
ﻭ
ﻋﻦ ﻝ
responsible
ﻳﻘﺮﺃ
read
ﳝﲔ ، ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
right
ﺟﺎﻫﺰ
ready
ﺣﻴﺰ ، ﻏﺮﻓﺔ
room
ﺃﲪﺮ
red
ﻳﺮﻛﺾ
run
ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ ، ﻋﺎﺩﻱ
regular
S
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﺘﻤﻬﻞ ، ﻳﺒﻄﻰﺀ
slow
ﺣﺰﻳﻦ
sad
ﺻﻐﲑ
small
ﺁﻣﻦ
safe
ﻳﺒﺘﺴﻢ ، ﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻣﺔ
smile
ﳜﻔﺾ ، ﻳﺒﺤﺮ ، ﲣﻔﻴﺾ
sail
ﻳﺪﺧﻦ ، ﺩﺧﺎﻥ
smoke
ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ، ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ
same
ﻃﺮﻱ ، ﻧﺎﻋﻢ
soft
ﻳﻘﻮﻝ
say
ﺑﻌﺾ
some
ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ
school
ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ
song
ﲝﺮ
sea
ﺻﻮﺕ
sound
ﻳﺒﺤﺚ
search
ﺟﻨﻮﺏ
south
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ، ﺛﺎﱐ
second
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ
speak
ﺳﺮ
secret
ﺧﺎﺹ
special
ﻳﺮﻯ
see
ﻳﺘﻬﺠﻰ
spell
ﻳﺮﺳﻞ
send
ﳝﻀﻲ ، ﻳﻨﻔﻖ
spend
ﺟﺪﻱ ، ﺟﺎﺩ
serious
ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ
spoon
ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ، ﳚﻠﺲ
set
ﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ ، ﺯﻧﱪﻙ ، ﺭﺑﻴﻊ
spring
ﺳﺒﻌﺔ
seven
، ﻗﻒ
ﻳﻘﻮﻡ
stand
ﺫﻛﻲ ، ﺣﺎﺩ
sharp
254.
١٢
ﳒﻤﺔ
star
ﻫﻲ
she
ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
start
ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ
ship
ﻳﻠﺼﻖ
stick
ﻗﻤﻴﺺ
shirt
ﻣﻌﺪﺓ
stomach
ﺣﺬﺍﺀ ، ﻧﻌﻞ
shoe
ﳜﺰﻥ، ﳏﻞ
store
ﻗﺼﲑ
short
ﻗﺼﺔ
story
ﻳﻐﻠﻖ
shut
ﻏﺮﻳﺐ
strange
ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ، ﺟﺎﻧﺐ
side
ﺷﺎﺭﻉ
street
ﻳﻮﻗﻊ ، ﺭﻣﺰ ، ﻻﻓﺘﺔ
sign
ﻗﻮﻱ
strong
ﻓﻀﻲ
ﻓﻀﺔ ،
silver
ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ، ﻳﺪﺭﺱ
study
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
simple
ﻣﻔﺎﺟﻰﺀ
sudden
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ، ﺃﻋﺰﺏ
single
ﺳﻜﺮ
sugar
ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺔ ، ﳑﺮﺿﺔ ، ﺃﺧﺖ
sister
ﺻﻴﻒ
summer
ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ، ﳚﻠﺲ
sit
ﴰﺲ
sun
ﺳﺘﺔ
six
ﺃﻛﻴﺪ
sure
ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ، ﻗﻴﺎﺱ
size
ﺣﻠﻮ
sweet
ﺟﻠﺪ
skin
ﻳﺴﺒﺢ
swim
ﲰﺎﺀ
sky
ﻳﻨﺎﻡ
sleep
T
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻭﻗﺖ
time
ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ
table
ﺘﻌﺐ
ﻣ
tired
ﻳﺄﺧﺬ
take
ﹰﺎﻣﻌ
together
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ
talk
ﹰﺍﻏﺪ
tomorrow
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ
tall
ﻟﺴﺎﻥ
tongue
ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ، ﻳﺪﺭﺱ
teach
255.
١٣
ﺳﻦ
tooth
ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
team
ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ، ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ
town
ﻳﺮﻭﻱ، ﳜﱪ ، ﻳﻘﻮﻝ
tell
ﻗﻄﺎﺭ
train
ﻋﺸﺮﺓ
ten
ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ
translate
ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ
ﳜﺘﱪ ،
test
ﺳﻔﺮ ، ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ
travel
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ، ﺫﻟﻚ
that
ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ ، ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﻖ
tray
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
there
ﺷﺠﺮﺓ
tree
ﻫﻢ
they
ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ، ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ
true
ﺷﻲﺀ
thing
ﳛﺎﻭﻝ
try
ﻳﻈﻦ ، ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ، ﻳﻔﻜﺮ
think
ﳛﻮﻝ ، ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ، ﻳﻠﻒ
turn
ﻫﺬﺍ
this
ﺍﺛﻨﲔ
two
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
three
ﻳﻄﺒﻊ ، ﻧﻮﻉ
type
ﺣﻠﻖ
throat
ﻭﻗﺖ
time
ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ، ﺧﻼﻝ
through
ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ ، ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ticket
U
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ، ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ
use
ﻣﻈﻠﺔ
umbrella
ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ ، ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ
usual
ﻳﻔﻬﻢ
understand
V
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻧﺼﺮ
victory
ﺇﺟﺎﺯﺓ
vacation
ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
video
، ﺻﺎﱀ ، ﺷﺮﻋﻲ
ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ
valid
ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ، ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ، ﺭﺅﻳﺔ
view
ﺃﳘﻴﺔ
value
ﻗﺮﻳﺔ
village
ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ، ﻳﻐﲑ
vary
256.
١٤
ﻣﺮﺋﻲ
visible
ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ
various
ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻉ ، ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻉ، ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺖ
vote
ﹰﺍﺟﺪ
very
W
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ، ﻣﺎ ، ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺃﻱ
which
ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ
wait
ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ، ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
while
، ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ
ﻳﻨﻬﺾ
wake up
ﺃﺑﻴﺾ
white
ﺟﺪﺍﺭ
wall
ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ، ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
who
ﻳﺮﻳﺪ
want
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
why
ﺣﺮﺏ
war
ﺯﻭﺟﺔ
wife
ﺩﺍﰱﺀ
warm
ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ، ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ، ﺳﻮﻑ
will
ﻛﺎﻥ
was
ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ، ﻳﺮﺑﺢ
win
ﻳﻐﺘﺴﻞ ، ﻳﻐﺴﻞ
wash
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ
window
ﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ، ﳛﺮﺱ ، ﻳﺮﻗﺐ
watch
ﺷﺘﺎﺀ
winter
ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ، ﻣﺎﺀ
water
ﺣﻜﻴﻢ
wise
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
way
ﻣﻊ
with
ﳓﻦ
we
ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ
woman
ﻭﺍﻫﻦ ، ﺿﻌﻴﻒ
weak
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
word
ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ، ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
wear
ﺷﻐﻞ ، ﻋﻤﻞ
work
ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ
week
ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ، ﻋﺎﱂ
world
ﹰﺎﲤﺎﻣ ، ﹰﺍﺟﻴﺪ
well
ﻳﻘﻠﻖ ، ﻗﻠﻖ
worry
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
were
ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
write
ﻏﺮﺏ
west
ﺧﻄﺄ
wrong
ﻣﺒﺘﻞ ، ﺭﻃﺐ
wet
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ، ﻣﺎ ، ﺍﻟﱵ ، ﺃﻱ
which
ﻣﺎ ، ﻣﺎﺫﺍ
what
ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ، ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
while
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ، ﻣﱴ
when